Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 248

Foreword

Please read and understand the service manual carefully to ensure correct servicing of the Analyzer.

After reading, please keep the service manual properly and place it at an accessible position for lookup at any time.

Product name: Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Model: CS-T180, CS-T240Plus

Version No.: REV. 2021-08.

Intellectual Property

Dirui Industrial Co., Ltd. (hereinafter referred to as Dirui Company) reserves the intellectual property of the service
manual and related products.

© 2017 All rights reserved

Without the written approval of Dirui Company, any individuals or organizations shall not copy, alter or translate
any parts of the manual.

Statement

Dirui Company has the final interpretation right of the manual.

Dirui Company declares that it will be responsible for the safety, reliability and performances of the product only if
all following requirements are met.

1) The assembly, readjustment, improvement and repair of the Analyzer are undertaken by personnel approved by
Dirui Company.

2) Relevant electrical equipment complies with national standards.

3) Product repair is carried out according to the service manual.

 
Repair Service

Charge-free services:

Products within the scope of warranty of Dirui Company can enjoy charge-free services.

Chargeable services:

1) Services for products beyond the range of the warranty of Dirui Company.

2) Repair of products caused by following factors, even within the warranty period.

Artificial damages, improper use, network voltage beyond the regulated range, irresistible natural disasters,
accessories or consumables not approved by Dirui Company, or repair of the product by personnel not authorized by
Dirui Company.

Change/ Refund

Please follow steps below for change/ refund from Dirui Company.

(1) Get the right of change/ refund: Contact the after-sales service personnel of Dirui Company, inform the serial
number of the product, indicate the product model and describe the reason of refund in brief.

(2) Transportation expense: The user shall bear the transportation expenses (including customs fees) to Dirui
Company.

After-sales Service Provider

After-sales Service Unit: Dirui Industrial Co., Ltd.

Address: 3333 Yiju Road, New & High Tech. Development Zone, Changchun Post Code: 130103

International Customer Service Hotline: +86 400 808 7597

International Customer Service E-mail: service@dirui.com.cn

Domestic Customer Service Hotline: 400 811 6695 400 811 6605

Domestic Fax: 0431-85100405

Domestic Customer Service E-mail: service.ch@dirui.com.cn

 
Readers

The readers of the maintenance manual are Dirui Company and the maintenance personnel authorized by Dirui
Company.

Symbols

1. Symbols

Symbol Meaning

Biological hazards which warn the operator of biological infectivity.

Laser, dangerous symbol

AC

Medical apparatus and instruments for in vitro diagnosis

Lot code

Service life

Serial number

Manufacturing date

Protective earthing

Manufacturer

The equipment complies with the requirements of European Union for in vitro diagnostic medical devices.

Attention, refer to accompanying document or mark specific warning or attention conditions

Classification No.

On (power)

Off (power)

Transportation and storage temperature limit (temperature limit)

 
Symbol Meaning

Transportation and storage humidity limit (humidity limit)

Atmospheric pressure limit (atmospheric pressure limit)

Be careful, burns

The symbol of the crossed out wheeled bin indicates that the product (electrical and electronic equipment)
should not be placed in municipal waste. Please check local regulations for disposal of electronic
products.

2. Signs

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

(5)

(6)

 
(7)

(8)

Safety Precautions

● If the hospital or organization in charge of the instrument can not formulate a satisfactory servicing/
repair plan, the instrument may not operate normally and personal health may be affected.

● Combustible gas (such as anesthetic) or combustible liquid (such as ethyl alcohol) shall not be used near
the product to prevent explosion.

● Power supply shall be cut off when the product is repaired. Repair of the instrument when it is turned on
may cause electric shock and damages of electrical components.

● Please connect the Analyzer to a socket with an independent fuse and protective switch. If the Analyzer
shares a fuse and protective switch with other equipment (such as life support equipment), trip may occur in
case of a fault, over current or impact current at the moment of startup.

● The clothes, hair and hands of the servicing personnel shall be away from moving components such as
sampling probe to prevent pinching or piercing.

● As the part with warning signs may have mechanical action, human body injuries such as pinching and
stabbing may be caused in normal operation, disassembly or servicing.

● The operator is obligated to follow national and local regulations on discharge and treatment of expired
reagent, waste liquid, waste sample and consumables.

● The reagent will irritate eyes, skin and mucosa. The operator shall abide by laboratory operation safety
regulations and wear personal protective appliances (such as laboratory clothes and gloves) when touching
reagent related articles in the laboratory.

 
● Once the reagent touches with skin, use a large amount of water to flush the skin, or send the injured to a
doctor if necessary. Once the reagent touches with eyes, use a large amount of water to flush the eyes and
send the injured to a doctor.

● The Analyzer shall be used by professional medical examination personnel or trained doctors, nurses or
testers.

● The samples, quality control objects, calibration objects and waste liquid have potential biological
infectivity. The servicing person shall abide by laboratory operation safety regulations and wear personal
protective appliances (such as laboratory clothes and gloves) when touching and handling relevant articles in
the laboratory.

● As all components and surface of the Analyzer have potential infectivity, safety protection measures shall
be taken in operation and servicing.

● Do not touch the tip of the sampling probe as the tip is sharp and it may have blood sample, quality control
object and calibration object that have potential biological infectivity.

 
Contents
Chapter 1 Overview of the Analyzer .................................................................................................. 1
1.1 System overview .....................................................................................................................................................1
1.2 Structure and introduction of the Analyzer ..........................................................................................................1
1.2.1 Structure of the Analyzer ......................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.2.2 Front view (without shield) of the Analyzer ............................................................................................................................ 2
1.2.3 Rear view (without shield) of the Analyzer ............................................................................................................................. 2
1.2.4 Left view (without shield) of the Analyzer .............................................................................................................................. 3
1.2.5 Right view (without shield) of the Analyzer ............................................................................................................................ 4
1.3 Working principle ..................................................................................................................................................4
1.3.1 Analysis process ...................................................................................................................................................................... 4
1.3.2 Characteristics of photometry .................................................................................................................................................. 5
Chapter 2 Analyzer Installation ....................................................................................................... 6
2.1 Installation requirements ......................................................................................................................................6
2.1.1 Space requirements .................................................................................................................................................................. 6
2.1.2 Environmental requirements .................................................................................................................................................... 6
2.1.3 Power requirements ................................................................................................................................................................. 7
2.1.4 Requirements for pure water ................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.2 Unpacking ..............................................................................................................................................................7
2.2.1 Unpacking steps....................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.2.2 Way of carrying ....................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.3 Installation process ................................................................................................................................................8
2.3.1 Installation of the Analyzer ..................................................................................................................................................... 8
2.3.2 Power connection .................................................................................................................................................................. 13
2.3.3 Connection of peripheral equipment...................................................................................................................................... 13
2.3.4 Software installation and uninstallation ................................................................................................................................. 13
2.3.5 Pure water filling ................................................................................................................................................................... 17
2.3.6 Discharge of waste liquid ...................................................................................................................................................... 17
2.3.7 System login .......................................................................................................................................................................... 18
2.3.8 Commissioning of the Analyzer .......................................................................................................................................... 20
2.3.9 Test of clinical items.............................................................................................................................................................. 21
2.3.10 Training for medical personnel ............................................................................................................................................ 21
2.3.11 Fill-in of installation acceptance report ............................................................................................................................... 21
2.4 Bar code reader of sample reagent disk ...............................................................................................................21
2.4.1 Scanning range of barcode reader .......................................................................................................................................... 21
2.4.2 Requirements for sample container ....................................................................................................................................... 21
2.4.3 Requirements of reagent bottle .............................................................................................................................................. 21
2.4.4 Requirements for sample barcodes use .................................................................................................................................. 21
2.4.5 Requirements for reagent barcodes use ................................................................................................................................. 22
2.4.6 Requirements for pasting barcode labels ............................................................................................................................... 22
2.4.7 Use of bar code reader ........................................................................................................................................................... 23
2.4.8 Rule of reagent barcodes ....................................................................................................................................................... 23
Chapter 3 Introduction to unit modules .......................................................................................... 25
3.1 Optical unit ........................................................................................................................................................25
3.1.1 Description of functions ........................................................................................................................................................ 25
3.1.2 Diagram ................................................................................................................................................................................. 25
3.2 Probe unit .............................................................................................................................................................25
3.2.1 Description of functions ........................................................................................................................................................ 25

I
3.2.2 Diagram ................................................................................................................................................................................. 26
3.2.3 Work process ......................................................................................................................................................................... 26
3.3 Rinsing unit .........................................................................................................................................................27
3.3.1 Description of functions ........................................................................................................................................................ 27
3.3.2 Diagram ................................................................................................................................................................................. 27
3.3.3 Work process ......................................................................................................................................................................... 27
3.4 Mixing unit .........................................................................................................................................................29
3.4.1 Description of functions ........................................................................................................................................................ 29
3.4.2 Diagram ................................................................................................................................................................................. 29
3.4.3 Work process ......................................................................................................................................................................... 29
3.5 Reaction disk unit .................................................................................................................................................30
3.5.1 Description of functions ........................................................................................................................................................ 30
3.5.2 Diagram ................................................................................................................................................................................. 30
3.6 Sample/ reagent disk driving mechanism ............................................................................................................31
3.6.1 Description of functions ........................................................................................................................................................ 31
3.6.2 Diagram ................................................................................................................................................................................. 31
3.7 Refrigeration chamber .........................................................................................................................................32
3.7.1 Description of functions ........................................................................................................................................................ 32
3.7.2 Diagram ................................................................................................................................................................................. 32
3.7.3 Work process ......................................................................................................................................................................... 32
Chapter 4 Fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer ................................................................. 33
4.1 Description of functions of fluid circuit system ....................................................................................................33
4.2 Schematic diagram of fluid circuit gas circuit of the Analyzer............................................................................34
4.3 Description of work process of gas circuit and fluid circuit of the Analyzer .......................................................35
4.3.1 Liquid aspirating, dispensing and rinsing functions ............................................................................................................ 35
4.3.2 Waste liquid collection and discharge of the Analyzer ........................................................................................................ 37
Chapter 5 Electric circuit of the Analyzer ....................................................................................... 38
5.1 Electrical wiring diagram of the Analyzer ...........................................................................................................38
5.2 Functions of circuit boards ...................................................................................................................................38
5.3 Electrical wiring diagram of circuit boards .........................................................................................................40
5.3.1 Probe control board ............................................................................................................................................................... 40
5.3.2 Reaction disk control board ................................................................................................................................................... 40
5.3.3 AC control board ................................................................................................................................................................. 42
5.3.4 AC drive board .................................................................................................................................................................... 43
5.3.5 ISE control board (optional) ................................................................................................................................................ 44
Chapter 6 Components replacement and debugging ................................................................... 45
6.1 Replacement and debugging of commonly used components ..............................................................................45
6.1.1 Halogen lamp replacement .................................................................................................................................................... 45
6.1.2 Replacement of optical unit ................................................................................................................................................. 46
6.1.3 Replacement and debugging of mixing bar ......................................................................................................................... 50
6.1.4 Replacement and debugging of probe assembly .................................................................................................................. 52
6.1.5 Replacement of constant-temperature degassing system ..................................................................................................... 53
6.1.6 Electrode replacement ........................................................................................................................................................... 54
6.1.7 Replacement of tube for pinch valve ................................................................................................................................... 56
6.1.8 Replacement of Peltier of reagent disk ................................................................................................................................ 57
6.1.9 Replacement of heating window of sample reagent disk ..................................................................................................... 58
6.1.10 Replacement of driving component motor ......................................................................................................................... 58
6.1.11 Replacement of driving component optocoupler ............................................................................................................... 59
6.2 Replacement of driving component optocoupler .................................................................................................59

II
6.2.1 Use of debugging software .................................................................................................................................................... 59
6.2.2 Software upgrade ................................................................................................................................................................... 65
6.2.3 Other function........................................................................................................................................................................ 69
Chapter 7 Maintenance ..................................................................................................................... 71
7.1 System maintenance preparation .......................................................................................................................71
7.1.1 Tools and instruments ............................................................................................................................................................ 71
7.1.2 Pure water .............................................................................................................................................................................. 71
7.1.3 Detergent ............................................................................................................................................................................... 71
7.2 Application of "System Maintenance" window ...................................................................................................71
7.2.1 Reset Analyzer....................................................................................................................................................................... 72
7.2.2 Check cuvette blank and light intensity ................................................................................................................................. 73
7.2.3 Exhaust air ............................................................................................................................................................................. 74
7.2.4 Rinsing .................................................................................................................................................................................. 75
7.2.5 Mechanism check .................................................................................................................................................................. 77
7.2.6 Water quality check ............................................................................................................................................................. 81
7.2.7 Barcode.................................................................................................................................................................................. 81
7.2.8 ISE ......................................................................................................................................................................................... 82
7.3 System maintenance position and parts ...............................................................................................................86
7.3.1 Clean, check and replace parts regularly ............................................................................................................................. 86
7.3.2 Spare parts for regular replacement and maintenance ........................................................................................................... 87
7.4 Maintenance methods ...........................................................................................................................................88
7.4.1 Probe...................................................................................................................................................................................... 88
7.4.2 Reaction disk ......................................................................................................................................................................... 93
7.4.3 Light source lamp .................................................................................................................................................................. 97
7.4.4 Nozzles of rinsing mechanism ............................................................................................................................................... 98
7.4.5 Mixing bar ............................................................................................................................................................................. 98
7.4.6 Cleaning refrigeration chamber ........................................................................................................................................... 99
7.4.7 Syringe pump .................................................................................................................................................................... 100
7.4.8 Maintenance of the Analyzer before stop ............................................................................................................................ 100
7.4.9 Cleaning and maintenance of the Analyzer ....................................................................................................................... 100
7.4.10 Waste liquid treatment ..................................................................................................................................................... 100
7.4.11 Cleaning of pure water tank and filter ............................................................................................................................. 101
7.5 Maintenance of electrolyte device ......................................................................................................................102
7.5.1 Clean, check and replace parts regularly ........................................................................................................................... 102
7.5.2 Rinsing of ISE matching cuvette ......................................................................................................................................... 102
7.5.3 Rinsing of ISE reagent tubing.............................................................................................................................................. 102
7.5.4 Rinse flow cell ..................................................................................................................................................................... 103
7.5.5 Maintenance of CI electrode .............................................................................................................................................. 103
7.5.6 Rinsing of ISE waste liquid part ........................................................................................................................................ 103
7.6 Scrapped analyzer ............................................................................................................................................104
Chapter 8 Fault analysis .................................................................................................................. 105
8.1 Causes and analysis of faults with alarm code ...................................................................................................105
8.1.1 Main control module ........................................................................................................................................................... 105
8.1.2 Reaction disk unit module ................................................................................................................................................... 112
8.1.3 Probe unit module................................................................................................................................................................ 119
8.1.4 ISE unit module ................................................................................................................................................................... 151
8.1.5 AC unit module ................................................................................................................................................................... 151
Chapter 9 List of spare parts .......................................................................................................... 156
9.1 List of Recommended Spare Parts and Consumables .......................................................................................156
9.1.1 List of Recommended Spare Parts ....................................................................................................................................... 156

III
9.1.2 List of Consumables ............................................................................................................................................................ 156
9.2 List of Maintenance Case ...................................................................................................................................157
9.2.1 List of Small Maintenance Case .......................................................................................................................................... 157
9.2.2 List of Big Maintenance Case.............................................................................................................................................. 157
9.3 List of Frequently-used Spare Parts ..................................................................................................................158
9.3.1 List of Assembly Spare Parts ............................................................................................................................................... 158
9.3.2 List of Switching Power Supply Spare Parts ....................................................................................................................... 159
9.3.3 List of Circuit Board Spare Parts ......................................................................................................................................... 159
9.3.4 List of Sensor Spare Parts .................................................................................................................................................... 160
9.3.5 List of Pump Spare Parts ..................................................................................................................................................... 160
9.3.6 List of Optocoupler Spare Parts ........................................................................................................................................... 160
9.3.7 List of Timing Belt Spare Parts ........................................................................................................................................... 160
9.3.8 List of Motor Spare Parts..................................................................................................................................................... 161
9.3.9 List of Valve Spare Parts ..................................................................................................................................................... 161
9.3.10 List of Other Spare Parts.................................................................................................................................................... 161
9.4 Unit Exploded Drawing and Spare Parts List....................................................................................................162
9.4.1 Optical Detection Unit ......................................................................................................................................................... 162
9.4.2 Probe Unit............................................................................................................................................................................ 164
9.4.3 Rinsing Unit ........................................................................................................................................................................ 168
9.4.4 Mixing Unit ....................................................................................................................................................................... 170
9.4.5 Reaction Disk and Drive Mechanism .................................................................................................................................. 172
9.4.6 Sample/ Reagent Disk Unit ............................................................................................................................................... 178
9.4.7 Constant-temperature Degassing Assembly ...................................................................................................................... 186
9.4.8 Syringe Pump Unit .............................................................................................................................................................. 188
9.4.9 Group Valve Assembly ..................................................................................................................................................... 192
9.4.10 Waste Liquid Assembly ..................................................................................................................................................... 194
9.4.11 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly .......................................................................................................................................... 196
9.4.12 Pure Water Unit ............................................................................................................................................................... 198
9.4.13 Detergent Tank Assembly ............................................................................................................................................... 200
9.4.14 Cover Assembly ................................................................................................................................................................ 202
9.4.15 ISE Unit ............................................................................................................................................................................. 210
9.5 Liquid Circuit Diagram and Spare Part Codes List ........................................................................................226
9.5.1 Overall Pipeline Diagram and Spare Part Codes List .......................................................................................................... 226
9.5.2 ISE Unit Tube Connection Diagram and Spare Part Codes List .......................................................................................... 230
9.6 Accessories Case Spare Parts List ......................................................................................................................233
Chapter 10 Manual revision and change record........................................................................... 234

IV
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Chapter 1 Overview of the Analyzer

1.1 System overview


The Auto-Chemistry Analyzer (model: CS-T180) is a discrete type modular analyzer with an external computer
and it is used for emergency treatment with priority.
The Analyzer has functions including automatic sample dispensing, reagent dispensing, interference shielding,
mixing, preheating, reaction monitoring, rinsing and results calculation, display and printing. It fully imitates and
substitutes manual operation, which not only improves work efficiency, but also reduces test error and improves
the accuracy and precision of test results.
Scope of application: Quantitative analysis of clinical chemical components such as serum, plasma, urine and
cerebrospinal fluid.

1.2 Structure and introduction of the Analyzer


1.2.1 Structure of the Analyzer

5 1
4 2

Fig. 1-2-1 Structure of the Analyzer

No. Name No. Name


1 Probe Unit 4 Rinsing Unit
2 ISE Module (Optional) 5 Mixing Unit
3 Sample /Reagent Disk 6 Reaction Disk

1
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

1.2.2 Front view (without shield) of the instrument

10
9

8 1

7 2

3
6
4

5
Fig. 1-2-2 Front view (without shield) of the Analyzer

No. Name No. Name


1 Mixing Unit 6 ISE Reagent Tank Assembly (Optional)
2 Bar Code Reader Assembly (Optional) 7 Alkaline Detergent Bottle
3 Power Drive Board 8 Rinsing Unit
4 Reaction Disk Control Board 9 Observation Window of Syringe Pump
5 Group Valve Assembly 10 Probe Unit

1.2.3 Rear view (without shield) of the instrument

1
15
2
14

13
3
4
12
5
11
10 6

9 8 7
Fig. 1-2-3 Rear view (without shield) of the instrument

2
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

No. Name No. Name


1 Syringe Pump Unit 9 ISE Control Board (Optional)
2 Pump Assembly (ISE Optional) 10 Waste Liquid Float Socket
3 ISE Reagent Tank Assembly (Optional) 11 Pure Water Float Socket
Constant-temperature Degassing
4 12 Network Interface
Assembly
5 Valve Assembly (ISE Optional) 13 Switch Power Supply Assembly
6 Water Outlet Connector Assembly 14 AC Control Board
7 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly 15 Probe Control Board
Amplification Board Assembly (ISE
8
Optional)

1.2.4 Left view (without shield) of the Analyzer

1
3

Fig. 1-2-4 Left view (without shield) of the Analyzer

No. Name No. Name


1 Halogen Lamp Assembly 3 AD Board Assembly
2 Alkaline Detergent Bottle Assembly 4 Fan of the Analyzer

3
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

1.2.5 Right view (without shield) of the Analyzer

2
3

6 6 5 4
Fig. 1-2-5 Right view (without shield) of the Analyzer

No. Name No. Name


1 Fan of the Analyzer 4 Power Switch of Analyzing Module
2 Power Indicator Lamp 5 Test System Assembly (ISE Optional)
3 General Power Switch 6 Refrigeration Fan

1.3 Working principle


1.3.1 Analysis process
The test flow is shown in the figure below:

Fig. 1-3-1 Analysis process

4
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Notes:
Taking reaction time as 13.5min as an example.
1.3.2 Characteristics of photometry
The Analyzer applies the whole-process photometry method. That is, the absorbance of reaction solution is
continuously measured in the 13.5min reaction time. The absorbance of 56 cuvettes will be measured one by one
when they pass the optical axis of photometer. The absorbance of each cuvette will be measured for 40 times (40 test
points) in the 13.5min reaction time. The polychromatic light from the light source will be focused by the lens and
then pass the cuvette used for photometry. The wavelength after light split will be absorbed simultaneously by 12
fixed photoelectric sensors and amplified by 12 amplifiers respectively. Then, the absorbance or absorbance change
rate will be calculated. When dual-wavelength test is applied, as the difference of the absorbance or the difference of
absorbance change rate of main wavelength and complementary wavelength is used to calculate the concentration,
dual-wavelength test not only makes compensation to the sample test of lipemia, hemolysis and icterus but also
compensates the effects caused by voltage variation, making the test values more accurate and stable. The test
principle is shown in figure below:

Concave
diffraction
Detector grating

12 fixed
wavelengths

Light source
lamp Cuvette

Fig. 1-3-2 Diagram of photometer

5
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Chapter 2 Analyzer Installation

The Analyzer and bundled software can only be installed by Dirui or its authorized personnel.

2.1 Installation requirements

Please install the Analyzer at places meeting following requirements, or its performance may not be
guaranteed.

2.1.1 Space requirements


The installation and use of the Analyzer shall meet following requirements,(Dimensions(mm) :
744×703×530(L×W×H)):
At least
500

Operation
Analytic Part Part
At least
1000

At least At least
500 Unit: mm 500

Fig. 2-1-1 Top view of installation space

Do not put the Analyzer at a place where the disconnecting device is hard to be operated.

2.1.2 Environmental requirements


(1)Environmental temperature: 15℃~32℃.
(2)Relative humidity: not greater than 75%.
(3)Atmospheric pressure: 75kPa~106kPa.
(4)The Analyzer shall be put in a dust-free environment with good ventilation but no mechanical vibration, no
source of large noise or power interference.
(5)Do not put the Analyzer near brush motor, scintillant fluorescent lamp and electrical contact equipment often
used.
(6)The Analyzer shall be prevented from direct sunlight exposure and not be placed near heat and wind sources.
(7)The maximum volume of the area 1m away from the Analyzer shall be at 70dB.
(8)The worktable shall be flat and able to bear a weight of greater than 150kg. (The Analyzer shall not be
disassembled into several independent parts and weight of major components are not shown)

● If the temperature and the humidity cannot meet requirements above, air conditioner shall be used.

6
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

● In the operating process, the Analyzer will generate heat and exhaust the heat at the back. The working
environment should be kept well ventilated, and ventilating device should be used if necessary. But the
Analyzer should be protected from the direct airflow, otherwise, the test accuracy may be affected.

2.1.3 Power requirements


(1)Power voltage: 100V-240V~ 50/60Hz.
(2)Power consumption: 600VA.
Notes:
During normal operation, the Analyzer has power consumption smaller than the rated maximum power
consumption because:
● the refrigeration and heating systems do not work continuously after the Analyzer becomes stable. Thus
the power consumption will decrease.
● the power components of the Analyzer work at a different time rather than work simultaneously.
(3)Fuse: F6.3AL250V 5mm×20mm.
(4)To ensure the reliable operation of the Analyzer, a 20A switchboard shall be used for the Analyzer and three 5A
receptacles shall be used for the display, and printer; the equipment with a heavy load such as air conditioners and
refrigerators shall not be plugged into the same socket.

● The power source shall be properly grounded, otherwise, operators may get an electric shock and the
system may get damaged.
● The receptacle connected with power cable shall be placed near the Analyzer and easily disconnected.
● Input voltage of the Analyzer shall meet the requirement. It is recommended that the hospital prepares a
3kVA or 6kVA online UPS power source.

2.1.4Requirements for pure water


The peak water consumption of the Analyzer is about 3L per hour. Pure water and pure water tank shall meet the
following conditions:
(1)The electric conductivity of the pure water shall be smaller than 1μs/cm.
(2)Pure water temperature is 15℃~30℃.
(3)The pure water tank provided with the Analyzer shall be placed on the ground and the tubing connected with the
Analyzer shall be within 1.5m.
(4)The water supply capacity of the pure water tank shall be above 5L/h.
2.2 Unpacking
2.2.1 Unpacking steps
After the arrival of the Analyzer, please carefully check the package of the Analyzer. If it is damaged, please contact
Dirui or the local distributor. If the package is intact, please unpack the Analyzer by following the steps below.
(1)Put the box in the direction pointed by the arrow.
(2)Open the box of accessories and check objects in the box according to the packing list. In case of items missing,
please fill it in the Installation Acceptance Report and contact Dirui or the local distributor.
(3)Open the Analyzer with appropriate tools in the accessory box, inspect the appearance of the Analyzer carefully,
and then check according to the packing list. In case of damages in carrying or shortage of parts, please fill it in the
Installation Acceptance Report and contact Dirui or the local distributor.

2.2.2 Way of carrying


(1)Push directly during a stable transportation in short distance.

7
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

(2)The Analyzer should be maintained upright when handling and transporting.


(3)Try to avoid vibration when handling.
(4)When transporting with a carrier or forklift truck, it’s not allowed to drag the analyzer directly; you must put it on
the supporting board before dragging so as to avoid damaging the analyzer.

As the Analyzer is stationary equipment, it shall not be moved in a normal working process and no
supporting device for lifting and carrying is provided.

2.3 Installation process


2.3.1 Installation of the Analyzer
(1)Put the Analyzer at an appropriate position and adjust the levelness of the Analyzer.
(2)Install a probe and check whether the probe mechanism is able to move flexibly.
(3)Install the cuvette.

The new cuvettes should be immersed in 2% CS-Anti-Bacterial Phosphor-Free Detergent for more than 8
hours before installation, then rinsed repeatedly with tap water, then rinsed with pure water, dried in air,
and then installed on the reaction disk.
(4)Dispense 1000mL alkaline detergent to the alkaline detergent bottle, open the alkaline detergent replacement
window at the left side of the Analyzer, put the alkaline detergent bottle inside the Analyzer and install the tubing
and float.
(5)Connection of pure water tubes
Dispense 10L pure water with conductivity less than 1μs/cm in pure water tank, use the pure water supply tube
(within 1.5m) to connect the outlet connector of the pure water tank with the pure water dispensing port (1 in Fig.
2-3-1) on the rear cover of the Analyzer, and then use the pure water float switch to connect the pure water tank with
the pure water liquid level switch (5 in Fig. 2-3-1) on the rear cover of the Analyzer.

Fig. 2-3-1

(6) Connection of waste liquid tubes (not equipped with waste liquid tank)
a)High-concentration waste liquid outlet tube:
Connect one end of the high-concentration waste liquid connection tube (TR82-1500) to the “high-concentration
waste liquid outlet” connector (3 in Figure 2-3-1) on the analyzer rear cover plate, and insert the other end into the
waste liquid collector.

8
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

b)Low-concentration waste liquid outlet tube:


Connect one end of the low-concentration liquid connection tube (GR27-1500) to the “low-concentration liquid
outlet” connector (2 in Figure 2-3-1) on the analyzer rear cover plate, and insert the other end into the waste liquid
collector or in the drainage system.
(7)Connection of waste liquid tube (equipped with waste liquid tank)
a)High-concentration waste liquid outlet tube:
Connect one end of the high-concentration waste liquid connection tube (TR82-1500) to the
“high-concentration waste liquid outlet” connector (3 in Figure 2-3-1) on the analyzer rear cover plate, and
insert the other end into the waste liquid tank connector.
b)Low-concentration liquid outlet tube:
First cut the waste liquid tube (GR27-1500), the length of the retained liquid tube should ensure that the
analyzer waste liquid outlet is connected to the low-concentration liquid tank connector without coiling or
folding, so that the waste liquid flows smoothly into the low-concentration liquid tank.
Connect one end of the cut waste liquid connection tube to the “low-concentration liquid outlet” connector (2 in
Figure 2-3-1) on the analyzer rear cover plate, and insert the other end into the waste liquid tank connector or in
the drainage system.
c)Liquid level sensor connection: insert one end of the waste liquid level sensor to the "Waste liquid level sensor
port" (6 in Fig. 2-3-1) on the rear cover of the Analyzer and install the other end in two waste liquid tanks. SW4 is
a high-concentration waste liquid level sensor and SW7 is a low-concentration waste liquid level sensor.

● Low-concentration waste liquid tube outlet shall not be immersed below the liquid level.
● The low-concentration waste liquid tubing must not be bent or swung. It should be flat like a parabola.
● The waste liquid collector should be 0.8m~1m lower than the host.
● Don't combine high and low concentration waste liquid tubing.
● The discharge of the high-concentration waste liquid shall observe the local medical waste treatment
regulations.
● The drainage system shall be in compliance with the local regulations with regard to sewage discharge and
treatment of medical institutions.
(8)Install ISE electrode (optional)

Make sure that the storage temperature of the electrode is at 1℃~51℃.


a)Open ISE maintenance window on the right cover:

Fig. 2-3-2

9
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

b)Screw off the flow cell set screws on electrode assembly to lift up electrode assembly as shown in the figure
above.
c)Screw off nuts K, Cl, Na and NaREF on the flow cell (as shown in Fig. 2-3-3), take off the matching seal plugs
and seal rings; nuts K, Cl, Na and NaREF are kept for installing electrodes Cl, K, Na and NaREF, and the
matching seal rings are for no other uses and can be handled by users themselves. (See Fig. 2-3-4 for removed seal
plugs and matching seal rings):

If the seal ring on the seal plug falls into flow cell by accident, please take it out with a cotton swab (do not use
the hard material to take it out directly).

1 K-nut, K-seal plug, seal ring 2 Cl-nut, Cl-seal plug, seal ring 3 Flow cell
4 Na-nut, Na-seal plug, seal ring 5 NaREF-nut, NaREF-seal plug, seal ring

Fig. 2-3-3

1 Seal ring 2 Seal plug 3 Nut

Fig. 2-3-4

d)The packages of electrodes Cl, K, Na and NaREF are as shown in the figure below. The electrodes shall be
installed in accordance with the instruction on the package box of each electrode to prevent any installation faults.

10
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

1 The packaging of Na electrode (NaREF electrode) 2 The packaging of CI electrode


3 The packaging of K electrode tip 4 The packaging of K electrode

Fig. 2-3-5

e)Install electrodes Cl, K, Na and NaREF (same as electrode Na) on the flow cell according to following steps:

Place O-seal ring properly during the installation (#4 in Fig. 2-3-6) to prevent the loss.
Unpack the package of K electrode tip and K electrode wire, and take out the electrode and related
accessories in the package.
Install O-seal ring (#4 in Fig. 2-3-7) on the K electrode wire smoothly, wring K electrode tip (#10 in Fig.
2-3-7) on K electrode wire, and then install the seal ring of the electrode (#9 in Fig. 2-3-7) on the K electrode tip
smoothly to compose electrode K (the installation method as shown in Fig. 2-3-7).
Wipe the liquid in electrode holes on the flow cell clean with a cotton swab; wipe the electrode clean with a
cotton swab as well.
Put the electrode K through nuts (as shown in Fig. 2-3-7), ensure that the seal ring of the electrode is installed
on the K electrode tip smoothly, and wring the installed electrode assembly on the flow cell.

Lock nuts by hands with moderate strength during electrode installation.

11
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 2-3-6

Fig. 2-3-7

1 K nut 2 Cl nut 3 Cl electrode 4 O-seal ring 5 Na electrode 6 Na nut


7 Na nut 8 Na electrode seal 9 the electrode seal ring 10 K electrode tip 11 K electrode wire

Install electrodes Cl, Na and NaREF on flow cell at the corresponding positions as per the method above.
f)Connect the other end of the flow cell with electrodes Cl, K, Na and NaREF installed on one end and the
preamplifier board connector as shown in the figure below:

1 NaREF electrode connector 2 Cl electrode connector


3 K electrode connector 4 Na electrode connector

Fig. 2-3-8

12
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Note:
Differences between the electrodes are as follows:
● K electrode tip is removable;
● The surface of electrode Na is made of glass;
● The surface of electrode CI is made of metal.
g)Push the electrode assembly back to original position and install it with the set screws.
h)Install the ISE electrode on the platform and replace the cover plate and set screw.

2.3.2 Power connection

Before power connection, ensure the main power switch (circuit breaker) of the Analyzer is at OFF position.
The Analyzer is accompanied with three-core power cable, wherein the red one is the live cable, the blue one is the
neutral cable and the yellowish green is the ground cable, and the rated temperature of the three-core power cable is
70℃.

2.3.3 Connection of peripheral equipment


(1)Install and connect the computer, display and printer and check:
a)Whether the printer driver is installed.
b)Specification of printing papers used in the printer.
(2)One end of the cable that is carried along with the computer is plugged onto the network interface of the Analyzer
and the other end is plugged onto the network interface of the host computer.

2.3.4 Software installation and uninstallation


2.3.4.1 Software installation
Put the Analyzer installation disk in computer CD driver, copy the installation software to the hardware and run the
setup.exe file, and the interface is as shown below:

Fig. 2-3-9

Select the installation program language, then click "OK" and the display is as shown below:

13
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 2-3-10

Click " ", and the display is as shown below:

Fig. 2-3-11

To change the installation path, click " " in the figure above to select the installation path; click "

" to use the default installation path and the display is as shown below:

14
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 2-3-12

Click the “ ” button to install the software. After the installation, click the “ ” button;
and the software icon will be generated on the desktop automatically.
2.3.4.2 Software uninstallation
Method I: select "Automatic test analyzer" in "Programs and Features" on computer control panel, click to select "
", and the figure below pops up:

Fig. 2-3-13

Click " ", and the display is as shown below:

15
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 2-3-14

After uninstallation, the display is as shown in the figure.:

Fig. 2-3-15

Click " " to finish uninstalling the Analyzer software.


Method II: click "Start", find out "Auto-Chemistry Analyzer" in "Programs" and then click "Uninstall CS-T180
Auto-Chemistry Analyzer", and an uninstallation confirmation window appears. The uninstallation process is the
same as Method I.

16
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

2.3.5 Pure water filling

Fig. 2-3-17

If it is necessary to use the pure water tank to take away the pure water for filling, from the pure water tank take out
the pure water float switch (#3 as shown in Fig. 2-3-17), remove the water tube (#2 as shown in Fig. 2-3-17) and
tank cover (#4 as shown in Fig. 2-3-17) and place them on somewhere clean to use the pure water tank (#5 as shown
in Fig. 2-3-17) to take away the pure water for filling and install the parts above successively on the pure water tank
after the filling; if it is unnecessary to use the pure water tank to take away the pure water for filling, remove the tank
cover (#4 as shown in Fig. 2-3-17) directly and place the tank on somewhere clean to fill pure water in the pure
water tank.

● Every month as pure water is filled, when removing the water pipe (Fig. 2-3-17, No. 2), observe whether
there is any hair, wire, and other debris in the filter of the end of observation part 2. If there is, the filter
should be removed and rinsed. If it cannot be rinsed clean, replace the new filter.
● The removed immersed tube shall not be thrown with force to prevent a large volume of air from entering
in the tube or the thrown liquid from injuring personal safety.

2.3.6 Discharge of waste liquid


See "2.3.1 Analyzer installation" for specific discharge of waste liquid in waste liquid tank.

● Low-concentration waste liquid tube outlet shall not be immersed in liquid level.
● The low-concentration waste liquid pipeline must not be bent or swung. It should be flat like a parabola.
● Don't combine high and low concentration waste liquid tubing.
● The discharge of the high-concentration waste liquid shall observe the local medical waste treatment
regulations.
● The drainage system shall be in compliance with the local regulations with regard to sewage discharge and
treatment of medical institutions.

17
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

2.3.7 System login


Connect the power sources of the water purifier, computer host, computer display and printer and analyzing module
(at the front right side) of the Analyzer as well as the main power source of the Analyzer (at the rear right lower side
of the Analyzer).

Double click the icon " " of Analyzer application software (hereinafter referred to as software); or click "Start",
find the Analyzer software on "Program" window and click it to enter the "System login" window, and the display is
as shown below:

Fig. 2-3-18

Fig. 2-3-19

Input correct user name and password (the initial user name of the Analyzer software is 1 and the initial password is
1), click "Login" or Enter key on the keyboard to enter the main window of the software, and the display is as shown
below:

18
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 2-3-20

After the software is logged in successfully, the offline status is displayed. Then you can browse the
function window, check the alarm information, and execute logout and exit.
On the interface as shown in Fig. 2-3-19, if the wrong user name and password are input, a login failure prompt will
be given on the screen and the display is as shown below:

Fig. 2-3-21

If wrong user name or password is input for three continuous times, a prompt of "Login failure for 3 times and the
program will be terminated" will be given. Exit the program after the confirmation.
The function keys in the interface as shown in Fig. 2-3-20 are as follows:

(1)Online: click " " and after successful network connection, " " will be
displayed on the status bar at the upper left corner. Now all the operations are available.
If after software login, power source of the analyzing module of the Analyzer is disconnected or the analyzing
module is not correctly connected with the operation unit, click "Online", "Connecting" is displayed on the status
bar and "Online failure" (on the lower left corner of the screen) is displayed a few seconds later.
If above prompt is given, connect the analyzing module and operation unit of the Analyzer correctly, connect power
source of the analyzing module and then connect the network.

(2)Exit the system: click " " in the shortcut keys area to enter the window of "Exit the system" as shown in the
figure below:

19
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 2-3-22

Click " " to exit the software system.

The exit can only be carried out under the offline status, and if the Analyzer is online, click " " first to go offline
and then exit the system.

(3)Switch the user: click " " to switch users and the display is as shown below:

Fig. 2-3-23

●When the testing doctor is having a rest, it is recommended to exit the software to prevent nonusers from
destroying the software or modifying data. Users are recommended to back up the database regularly to
prevent accidental data loss.
● After the initial user name and password are input for the first-time login, set the user name, password and
access right in the "User information" of "System management" for the next login.
The Analyzer will be under the standby status 40 minutes after the power source connection (waiting for the
temperature and the light source to be stabilized).

2.3.8 Commissioning of the Analyzer


Conduct following operations on the System maintenance interface in the sequence below.
(1)ISE syringe pump exhaust
Execute ISE syringe pump exhausts to exhaust the air in the tubing.
(2)Probe horizontal check
Confirm that the probe is at the correct position above the cuvette, rinsing bath, sample reagent disk outer circle,
sample reagent disk middle circle, sample reagent disk inner circle, ISE adding position (with ISE module).
(3)Mixing bar horizontal check
Confirm that the mixing bar is at the upper position of the cuvette and the rinsing bath by the mixing bar horizontal

20
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

check.
(4)Mechanical motions check
Execute 20 mechanical motions checks to confirm if the wiping block on the nozzle of the rinsing mechanism
abrades the cuvette and if each mechanism operates normally.
(5)Rinsing cuvettes and ISE
Rinse cuvettes via the window of "System maintenance". To configure ISE device, carry out rinsing ISE tubing and
rinsing ISE cuvette maintenance operations on ISE maintenance interface.
(6)Light intensity check
Execute the light intensity check and attach the result in the acceptance report. The light check value shall be less
than or equal to 18000.
(7)Cuvette blank test
Execute the cuvette blank test, and the cuvette blank test value of Cuvette 1 shall be in the range of 8000-18000, and
the difference between other cuvettes and Cuvette 1 in blank shall be in the range of -1500~1500.
(8)ISE check
Execute 50 ISE checks on the "System Maintenance" window. The difference between two adjacent values of the
test results shall not be more than 0.2 mV.

2.3.9 Test of clinical items


Edit chemical parameters, register reagent information, test rate assay ALT and endpoint assay TP and two-point
rate assay UREA, calculate coefficient of variation and fill the test results in Installation Acceptance Report.

2.3.10 Training for medical personnel


Conduct training on the operation and maintenance of the Analyzer for medical personnel and record the training in
Installation Acceptance Report.

2.3.11 Fill-in of installation acceptance report


Fill in the Installation Acceptance Report completely and send one copy to Dirui or the local distributor.
2.4 Barcode reader of the sample reagent disk
2.4.1 Scanning range of barcode reader
The internal barcode reader (optional) can simultaneously scan the outer circle and inner circle of the sample reagent
disk. When scanning the inner circle, the inner circle reagent disk or tube needs to be removed.

2.4.2 Requirements for sample container


(1)Specifications:
Test tube: Φ12mm×75mm, Φ12mm×100mm, Φ13mm×75mm, Φ13mm×100mm(±1 mm)
Standard cup: Φ14mm×37mm(±1 mm)
(2)The tube mouth shall be regular without extrusion or deformation.

2.4.3 Requirements of reagent bottle


Specification: 70mL, 35mL and 20mL.

2.4.4 Requirements for sample barcodes use


(1)Barcode type: Code 128, Code 39, Code 93, Codebar, I2 of 5.
(2)Size of barcode label:
It is required the width of the barcode should be 8mm~12mm and its effective length should not be greater than
40mm. During the cutting, the start blank and end blank of the barcode shall not be smaller than 3mm as shown in
the figure below:

21
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Barcode width

Effective length of
Start blank barcode End blank

Fig. 2-4-1

(3)See Table 2-4-1 for number of digits of different barcodes.


Table 2-4-1

Type of sample barcodes Number of identification digits

Code39 3~18

Code93 3~18

Code128 3~18

I2of5 3~18

Codebar 3~18

2.4.5 Requirements for reagent barcodes use


(1)Barcode type: code 128 (17 bit).
(2)Size of barcode label: it is required the width of the barcode should be 12mm~25mm and its effective length
should not be greater than 40mm (as shown in Fig. 2-4-1).
(3)During the cutting, the start blank and end blank of the barcode shall not be smaller than 3mm (as shown in Fig.
2-4-1).

● Codebar must be prefixed and suffixed with A, B, C or D and the barcode shall not have characters such as
' ', " " and ( ), or it cannot be normally identified.
● The length of barcode suffixed with NR shall not be less than 5.

2.4.6 Requirements for pasting barcode labels


(1)Barcode label shall be pasted in a flat manner without crumple and pollution and the print of barcode lines cannot
be incomplete as this may lead to incorrect reading.
(2)Pasting of barcodes
The lower edge of the barcode shall be 15mm~20mm from the tube bottom to ensure correct reading of the barcode.
When the test tube is inserted in the sample, reagent disk test tube rack, it shall be ensured the barcode faces the
opening of the sample position. The pasting method of sample barcodes is shown in the figure below:

Fig. 2-4-2 Pasting of sample barcodes

22
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

The ID number on the screen after the scanning or on the report shall be added with "+" before the
corresponding capital letters if the barcodes are small in Code 39.

2.4.7 Use of barcode reader


If "Sample barcode number" is selected under sample test mode on "Other information" interface of the "System
Setting" window before the analysis, the sample, reagent disk will stop rotating at the position of the barcode reader
after the test is started and the barcode reader will read the barcode according to the set sample position. The reader
will scan for three times if the barcode cannot be read during the scanning. Sample tests cannot be conducted during
barcode scanning and the tests can only be conducted after the scanning. The sample, reagent disk will turn to the
reading position of the barcode reader to conduct barcode scanning after the probe finishes dispensing samples.
After scanning barcodes, the sample, reagent disk will return to the dispensing position to continue the sample
dispensing. The scanned information will display on the windows of "Sample registration" and "Test result".
During the sample reagent disk barcode reader check on the "System maintenance" window, the barcode reader
identifies barcode information of samples at reagent disk position 1, outer 1, and inner 2, and a prompt of success or
failure is then given after the scanning.
Only after the barcode is pasted at the opening of the sample, reagent disk for the test tube to be pasted with barcode
can the barcode be identified.

2.4.8 Rule of reagent barcodes


Users may prepare the barcode numbers as the case may be. The rule is as shown in Table 2-4-2:
Table 2-4-2

Barcode Barcode Detailed explanations of


Scope of barcode value Note
digit information barcodes
Item code of biochemical
reagent
0~94
(representing different item
names)
ISE Internal Standard
95
Solution
1~2 Item name
96 ISE Diluent
97 ISE Reference Solution
CS series anti-bacterial
98
phosphor-free detergent
99 CS-alkaline detergent
1 20mL
2 70mL
3 100mL
4 500mL
Bottle
3
specification 5 2000mL
6 5000mL
7 150mL
40mL(CS-T300B)
8
35mL(CS-T180)
1 R1
2 R2
3 R3
4 Reagent types
4 R4
The reagent type must be 5 if
5 None the item code is ISE reagent or
CS series detergent.

23
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Barcode Barcode Detailed explanations of


Scope of barcode value Note
digit information barcodes
0~9 Year
Date of
5~9 manufacturer 01~12 Month
(Lot No.)
01~31 Day
1 2 weeks
2 1 month
3 3 months
4 6 months
10 Validity 5 12 months
6 18 months
7 2 years
8 3 years
9 5 years
11~14 Bottle code 0001~9999 Bottle No. (bottle XXXXX)
Number or letters
15~17 Check bit
(automatically generated)

The reagent barcode information is read by the barcode reader, and coupled with parameters of all analysis items
already saved by the Analyzer. This process is called reagent automatic registration. That is to say, the relevant
reagent information can be determined by barcode scanning.
The information which has already been read will display on "Reagent information" window in forms of "Disk No.",
"Position", "Reagent name" and "Type".
Reagent name: the chemical names of analysis items.
Reagent position: there are outer 01~40 positions on sample reagent disk middle circle (when executing system
maintenance, outer position 01 defaults to CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent; when executing
cross-contamination avoidance, it’s required to register the detergent position in the “Reagent Registration”
window ) to place reagent for automatic barcode scanning. There are 01~40 positions on the inner circle. Automatic
barcode scanning is not available for reagents on sample reagent disk inner circle under the condition that the middle
circle is filled with reagent and the reagent information can only be manually registered.

The reading window of the barcode readers of sample and reagent disks shall be regularly cleaned.

24
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Chapter 3 Introduction to unit modules

3.1 Optical unit


3.1.1 Description of functions
The halogen lamp, after light convergence by lens, shines the cuvette with sample and then to the optical grating
after light convergence by lens. The optical grating divides the light of halogen lamp of full spectrum into
monochromatic light of different wavelength necessary for the test and then has signal conversion and testing with a
photocell.
3.1.2 Diagram
1

7
6

Fig. 3-1-1 Structure of optical unit

No. Name No. Name


1 Raster Box 5 Data Collection Board
Front Microscope Base Assembly of
2 6 Wire P514
Reflector
3 Halogen Lamp Assembly 7 Wire B06-P4
4 Fan

3.2 Probe unit


3.2.1 Description of functions
Probe unit can realize basic functions of aspirating samples from the sample test tube and aspirating reagent from
the reagent bottle, as well as the function of adding samples and reagent into the cuvette.
Other auxiliary functions include liquid level detection, collision detection in the moving process, automatic
recovery, mechanical limit, self-locking and interlocking control.

25
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

3.2.2 Diagram

1
5
2

4
3

Fig. 3-2-1 Structure of probe unit

No. Name No. Name


Positioning Optocoupler for Probe Positioning Optocoupler for Probe
1 5
Swinging Lifting and Descending
2 Stepper Motor for Probe Rotation 6 Probe
Stepper Motor for Probe Lifting and
3 7 Probe Rotary Arm
Descending
Gear Toothed Belt for Probe Lifting and
4
Descending

3.2.3 Work process


(1) Pump zeroing and rinsing of inner and outer walls;
(2) Aspirate 3ul air;
(3) Rotate to the position above the reagent/sample disk;
(4) Descend and insert into the reagent bottle for about 2mm lower than the liquid level;
(5) Aspirate samples of set volume + excessive volume and withdraw;
(6) Lift from the reagent bottle and rotate to the position above rinsing bath to rinse outer wall;
(7) Aspirate 3ul air;
(8) Rotate to the position above the reagent/sample disk;
(9) Aspirate sample of set volume;
(10) Lift from the sample cuvette or tube and rotate to the position above reaction disk;
(11) Dispense the sample or reagent into the cuvette;
(12) Rotate from the position above the cuvette to the position above rinsing bath.

26
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

3.3 Rinsing unit


3.3.1 Description of functions
Rinsing unit mainly performs to rinse the cuvette to make the cuvette can be cycled.
3.3.2 Diagram

6 1

5
4

3
2

Fig. 3-3-1 Structure of rinsing unit

No. Name No. Name


1 Rinsing Probe 4 Rinsing Probe Support
2 Lifting Assembly 5 Wiping Probe
3 Lifting Motor 6 Rinsing Probe Fixing Rack

3.3.3 Work process


Cuvette rinsing process:
Step 1: Probe 1 aspirates reaction mixture, and then dispenses detergent to the cuvette;
Step 2: Probe 1 aspirates detergent solution, and then dispenses detergent solution to the cuvette;
Step 3: Probe 2 aspirates detergent solution, and then dispenses pure water to the cuvette;
Step 4: Probe 2 aspirates pure water, and then dispenses pure water to the cuvette;
Step 5: Probe 3 aspirates pure water, and then dispenses pure water to the cuvette, and execute this step;
Step 6: Wiping probe aspirates pure water;
Step 7: Wiping probe wipes the cuvette.

27
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Wiping Rinsing
Probe Rinsing Rinsing
Probe 3 Probe 2 Probe 1

Rotating direction of reaction disk

Fig. 3-3-2 Rinsing probe arrangement of rinsing unit

Cuvette rotates to Descend


Start rinsing probe 1 position Probe 1 aspirates waste liquid Reset
and dispenses detergent

End
Descend
Probe 1 aspirates detergent
and dispenses detergent
Reset

Reset
Descend
Wiping probe
drying

Cuvette rotates
to probe 2
Reset position

Descend Descend
Wiping probe Probe 2 aspirates detergent
aspirates pure and dispenses pure water
water

Cuvette rotates to Reset


wiping probe
position

Descend
Reset Probe 2 aspirates pure
water and dispenses pure
water

Descend Descend
Probe 3 aspirates pure Reset Probe 3 aspirates pure Cuvette rotates to Reset
water and dispenses pure water and dispenses pure probe 3 position
water water
Fig. 3-3-3 Work flow of rinsing unit

28
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

3.4 Mixing unit


3.4.1 Description of functions
After sample and reagent injection and filling, it is used to mix them.
3.4.2 Diagram

2
3

6
11 7
8
9

10

Fig. 3-4-1 Structure of mixing unit

No. Name No. Name


1 Mixing Support Arm 7 Flange Bearing
2 Mixing Bar 8 Sliding Block
3 Mixing Supporting Shaft 9 Bearing
4 Encoding Disk Motor Cover 10 Base
5 Swinging Motor 11 Lifting Motor
6 Support Rod

3.4.3 Work process


(1) Rotate to the position above the reaction disk;
(2) Descend and insert into cuvette;
(3) Mix the reaction solution;
(4) Lift from the cuvette and rotate to the position above rinsing bath;
(5) Descend to rinsing bath;
(6) Rinse the mixing bar;
(7) Lift from the rinsing bath.

29
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

3.5 Reaction disk unit


3.5.1 Description of functions
The cuvette unit is mainly used to support the fixed cuvette and drive the rotary movement of cuvette in incubation
bath.
3.5.2 Diagram

1
2
4

3
Fig. 3-5-1 Structure of incubation bath assembly

No. Name No. Name


1 Fan 3 Overflow Connector
2 Optocoupler 4 Disk Cover Pin

5 1

3
4
Fig. 3-5-2 Structure of driving mechanism

No. Name No. Name


1 Motor Gear 4 Damping Device Assembly
2 Disk Drive Support 5 Gear Disk
3 Stepper Motor 6 Support Column

30
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

3.6 Sample/ reagent disk driving mechanism


3.6.1 Description of functions
The sample/ reagent disk rotating mechanism mainly performs to support the sample/ reagent disk rack and
transmits the power to the sample rack through the central shaft and timing belt and synchronous pulley to realize
the rotating of reagent/ sample rack. The reagent is sent to a designated position to coordinate to finish sampling,
mixing and rinsing.
3.6.2 Diagram

8 4
7

6
5

Fig. 3-6-1 Structure of sample/ reagent disk driving mechanism

No. Name No. Name


1 Reagent Disk Connecting Sleeve 5 Drive Motor
2 Insulation Cover 6 Disk Rotation Support
3 Connection Fixing Column 7 Belt Pulley
4 Sample Timing Encoding Disk 8 Timing Belt

3 2 1

Fig. 3-6-2 Structure of driving mechanism coded disc

No. Name No. Name


1 Sample Timing Encoding Disk 3 Original Point Optocoupler
2 Position Optocoupler

31
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

3.7 Refrigeration chamber


3.7.1 Description of functions
Refrigeration chamber is the main body of sample/ reagent disk unit. Semiconductor is used for refrigeration and the
temperature is held at 2℃~12℃. Each reagent disk has 40 reagent and 40 sample positions on its circumference (CS
series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent is put at No. 1 position).
3.7.2 Diagram
5 1

4
3 2
Fig. 3-7-1 Structure of refrigeration bin

No. Name No. Name


1 Disk Body 4 Radiator
Sample/ Reagent Disk Drive Scanning Window of Sample Bar Code
2 5
Mechanism Reader
3 Cooling Fan

3.7.3 Work process


The refrigeration disk includes the reagent/ sample rack inside to form an enclosed environment. Heat preservation
cotton is set at outer circle and temperature in disk is kept unchanged. The radiator exports the outside heat from
Peltier to make the Peltier temperature will not be too high, so as to realize temperature reduction of the reagent. The
fan exports the heat from radiator through the front and rear ventilation shield and exhausts it to outer instrument.

32
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Chapter 4 Fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer

4.1 Description of functions of fluid circuit system


The fluid circuit system of the Analyzer is composed of the waste liquid assembly, constant-temperature degassing
assembly, syringe pump unit, waste liquid tank assembly, valve group assembly, pure water unit, test system
assembly, amplification board assembly, pump assembly, valve assembly, ISE reagent tank assembly, detergent
tank assembly and other structural unit assemblies, with the function of each unit shown in the table below:
Name Function
To supply a vacuum for the testing of the Analyzer, and collect the
waste liquid generated when the cuvette is rinsed by the rinsing
Waste Liquid Tank Assembly
probe, and finally discharge out of the machine in the form of
positive pressure
Constant-temperature Degassing To realize the heating of deionized water of the Analyzer and the
Assembly removal of free gas in the deionized water
To realize the supply of deionized water for the Analyzer and the
Syringe Pump Unit
sample aspirating and dispensing
To recycle the high-concentration and low-concentration waste
Waste Liquid Tank Assembly
liquid produced by the Analyzer
To integrate control valves for the rinsing probe, rinsing bath,
Group Valve Assembly
detergent and waste liquid
Pure Water Unit To provide deionized water for the Analyzer
Test System Assembly ISE test and detection part
Amplifier Board Assembly Part of electrical control board for ISE test
Dispensing and aspirating actuators and waste liquid vacuum
Pump Assembly
integration for ISE test
Control valve integration and degassing tank and transit tank
Valve Assembly
integration for ISE test
ISE Reagent Tank Assembly To provide the corresponding reagent for the ISE test
Detergent Tank Assembly To provide concentrated detergent for testing of the Analyzer

33
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

4.2 Schematic diagram of fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer

Fig. 4-2-1 Fluid circuit and gas circuit of the Analyzer

34
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

4.3 Description of work process of the gas circuit and fluid circuit of the Analyzer
4.3.1 Liquid aspirating, dispensing and rinsing functions
4.3.1.1 Fluid circuit diagram

No. 1 probe 
No. 3 probe 

No. 2probe 
No. 4 probe 
No.1  No.2 No.3 No.4 No.8 No.7 No.6 No.5

Alkaline detergent

mixing mechanism 
Rinsing bath of
Probe
rinsing
bath 

Fig. 4-3-1 Schematic diagram of liquid aspirating, dispensing and rinsing functions

35
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

4.3.1.2 Work process


The syringe pump unit mainly realizes the supply of deionized water for the whole machine, the suction and
filling of samples and reagents, and the suction and filling of alkaline detergent. The working sequence of the
liquid path is as follows:
(1) SV1 is powered on, the syringe pump P1 goes down to suck pure water, SV1 is turned off, SV6 and SV9 are
powered on, the syringe pump P1 goes down to suck detergent, and SV6 and SV9 are turned off to prepare for
testing;
(2) The syringe pump P2 goes down and the probe sucks the sample, the probe returns to the top of the rinsing
bath and descends to the specified position, SV2 is turned off, SV8 and SV7 are powered on, the syringe pump P1
moves upward to clean the outer wall of the probe and mixer with pure water, and SV8 and SV7 are turned off;
(3) The probe returns to the top of the R1 reagent bottle, SV2 is turned off, the syringe pump P2 descends and the
probe aspirates the R1 reagent, and the probe is placed at the top of the reaction disk to dispense sample + R1
reagent. The probe returns to the top of the rinsing bath and descends to the designated position, SV2 is powered
on, and the syringe pump P1 goes upward to push pure water to rinse the inner wall of the probe with pure water.
SV2 is turned off, SV8 and SV7 are powered on, and the syringe pump P1 goes up to clean the outer wall of the
probe and mixer with pure water. SV8 and SV7 are turned off.
(4) The probe returns to the top of the R2 reagent bottle, SV2 is turned off, and the syringe pump P2 descends and
the probe aspirates the R2 reagent, and the probe is placed at the top of the reaction disk to dispense the R2
reagent. The probe returns to the top of the rinsing bath and descends to the designated position, SV2 is powered
on, and the syringe pump P1 goes upward and pushes pure water to rinse the inner wall of the probe with pure
water. SV2 is turned off, SV8 and SV7 are powered on, and the syringe pump P1 goes up to clean the outer wall
of the probe and mixer with pure water. SV8 and SV7 are turned off;
(5) SV6 and SV9 are powered on, the syringe pump P1 goes down to suck detergent, SV6 and SV9 are turned off,
SV4 is powered on, and the syringe pump P1 goes up to realize the cuvette cleaning. SV4 is turned off, SV5 is
powered on, and the syringe pump P1 goes up to realize the cuvette cleaning, SV5 is turned off, SV6 is powered
on, the syringe pump P1 goes up to achieve the cuvette cleaning, and SV6 is turned off.

36
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

4.3.2 Waste liquid collection and discharge of the Analyzer


4.3.2.1 Fluid circuit diagram

Reagent refrigeration
Reaction disk 
chamber 

No. 1 probe 
No. 3 probe 

No. 2probe 
No. 4 probe 
No.1  No.2 No.3 No.4 No.8 No.7 No.6 No.5

mixing mechanism 
Rinsing bath of
Probe
rinsing
bath 

Pressure sensor 
Check valve 

Down 

High-concentration Low-concentration Up 


waste liquid tank  waste liquid tank 

Fig. 4-3-2 Schematic diagram of waste liquid collection and discharge of the Analyzer
4.3.2.2 Work process
The waste liquid assembly is mainly to provide a vacuum for the constant-temperature degassing assembly, remove
the free gas in the deionized water inside the degassing assembly, collect the waste liquid generated when the
cuvette is rinsed by the rinsing probe and the waste liquid generated by the rinsing bath of mixing mechanism, probe
rinsing bath, reaction disk and reagent refrigeration chamber, and finally discharge the waste liquid into the
high-concentration waste liquid tank and low-concentration waste liquid tank outside the machine, with the working
order of the fluid circuit shown below:
(1) P3 is powered on to operate to provide negative pressure for the vacuum tank and supply a vacuum for the testing
of the Analyzer; then SV10 is powered on and switched on to collect the waste liquid generated when the cuvette is
rinsed by the rinsing probe, and discharge the waste liquid into the high-concentration waste liquid tank outside the
machine;
(2) The waste liquid produced by the rinsing bath of mixing mechanism, probe rinsing bath, reaction disk and
reagent refrigeration chamber is discharged into the low-concentration waste liquid tank by self-weight.

37
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Chapter 5 Electric circuit of the Analyzer

5.1 Electrical wiring diagram of the Analyzer


Network connector
B02-P1 B04-P16
2 green 1 green
1 black B02-P2 J16 2 black

1031112 CAT5E standard jumper


G0204 G0204-1
B02-P3 B02 main control board B04 reaction disk control board
1 red
B02-P5 B04-P12
2 screen
3 black J3 1 red CANL 1 red CANL
B04-P13
1 red CANL
Optical unit G0205 G0205-1
2 black EGND 3 white CANH J12 J21 J13 3 white CANH
3 white CANH 127cm 4 black EGND 4 black EGND

2004079 CS-6400CAB\CS6400 P514 wire (outsourced)


B03-P8
B06-P4
1 black 1 red CANL
3 white CANH
2 screen
3 red J4 J8 4 black EGND

B03-P14
1 green
B06 data collection board J3 B03 probe control board J14 2 black
B03-P9
1 red CANL
3 white CANH
J9 4 black EGND

Switch

B17-P10 B05-P15 B05-P14


2 green 1 redCANL DC1802-GND DC0103-GND
1 white CANH

1 black J9 J10 2 black EGND 3 white CANH


J15
1 red CANL
RV2.5 black
3 redCANL 4 black EGND
J14 3 white CANH
4 black EGND

B17-P9 RV2.5 green


4 DC1802-GND-01 RV0.75 black 26cm
B17ISE control board B05 AC control board 2 DC1802-GND-01 RV0.75 black 26cm DC1802+24V DC0103+24V
J12 3 DC1802+24V-01 RV0.75 green 29cm
1 DC1802+24V-01 RV0.75 green29cm
J23 J22 J21 B05-P12
B05-P22
B05-P23

B05-P21
18 gre y
1 7 purple
16 blue
15 gre en

13 ora nge
12 red
1 1 brow n
10 bla ck
9 w hite
8 gre y
7 purple
6 blue
5 gre en
4 yel low
3 ora nge
2 red
1 brown
14 yellow

4 yellow
3 red
1 brown
6 blue GN D
5 g re en 5V
4 yel low PELT IER_VIN
3 ora ng e 5V
2 red G ND
1 brown 5V

JFan051 redPFan051 green


DC1802+24V-03
GND
GND
PELTIER_CTRL1_OUT
RELAY_OUT

RESERVE_HEATER_OUT
BATH_HEATER1_OUT
DC24_PUMP1_OUT
DC24_PUMP2_OUT
WASH_HEATE R_OUT

BATH_HEATER2_OUT
BATH_HEATER3_OUT
PELTIER_FAN2_24V_OUT
LIGHT SOURCE_FAN_24V_OUT6 blue
PELTIER_FAN1_24V_OUT
FAN1_OUT
FAN2_OUT
FAN3_OUT
5V_HEATER_OUT

24V switching power supply


Fan05 2 black 2 black

Fan
DC1802-GND-03
4 yellow PELT IER_V IN

PFan08DC1802+24V-04
6 blue GND
5 gre en 5V

3 ora nge 5V
2 red GN D
1 brow n 5V

1 red JFan08 1 green


Fan08 2 black 2 black
DC1802-GND-04
1 6 blue

9 w hite
8 gre y
7 purple

5 gre en
4 yel low
3 ora ng e
2 red

Fan
18 gre y
17 purp le

15 gre en
14 yellow
13 ora nge
12 red
11 brow n
10 bla ck

4 yel low
3 red
1 brown
B08-P18
B08-P20

B08-P16

General power switch


102cm
J20 J18 J16 G1802 G0102
Wiring DC0205+12V DC1801+12V 4 DC1802-GND-02 RV1.0 black
terminal 2 DC1802-GND-02 RV1.0 black L1802 L0102
12V switching power supply B08 AC drive boardJ11 3 DC1802+24V-02 RV1.0 green Filter
block of DC0205-GND DC1801-GND N0102 N1802
1 DC1802+24V-02 RV1.0 green
halogen lamp B08-P11
J3

G1801 N1801 L1801


4 blue 3 red

2 blue 1 red
J0203

2 1
G1801-1

Fig. 5-1-1 Electrical wiring diagram of the Analyzer

5.2 Functions of circuit boards


Circuit board Functional description
(1) Communicate with upper computer
Main control board
(2) Communicate with other control boards

Data collection board (1) Data gathering


(1) Control the swinging drive motor of probe
(2) Check the status of probe swinging and zeroing optocoupler
(3) Control the probe lifting driving motor
(4) Check the status of probe lifting optocoupler
(5) Check the liquid level detection signal and touch signal of probe
(6) Control the dispensing pump driving motor
(7) Check the status of dispensing pump zeroing optocoupler
Probe control board
(8) Control the rinsing pump driving motor
(9) Check the status of rinsing pump zeroing optocoupler
(10) Control the sample/ reagent disk driving motor
(11) Check the status of zero-point optocoupler and positioning optocoupler of sample/
reagent disk
(12) Control V1, V2 and V8 solenoid valves
(13) Bar code reading

38
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Circuit board Functional description


(1) Control the reaction disk mechanism driving motor
(2) Check the status of zero-point optocoupler and counting optocoupler of reaction disk
(3) Control the rinsing mechanism driving motor
(4) Check the rinsing mechanism zeroing optocoupler
(5) Control the mixing mechanism swinging driving motor
Reaction disk control board (6) Check the status of swinging optocoupler of mechanism
(7) Control the lifting motor of mixing mechanism
(8) Check the lifting optocoupler of mixing mechanism
(9) Control and check the mixing motor of mixing mechanism
(10) Control V4, V5, V6, V7, V9 and V10 solenoid valves
(11) Supply power and trigger signals for the data collection board
(1) Communicate with the main control board or reaction disk control board
(2) Read the pressure of the vacuum diaphragm pump
(3) Collect the temperature of reaction disk, constant-temperature degassing assembly,
sample/reagent disk and light source system and the ambient temperature
(4) Control the power signal lamp board
(5) Control the sample dispensing indicator lamp board
(6) Control 2 Peltier radiation fans
(7) Control the heat circulating fan of 3 incubation bathes
(8) Control 2 Peltiers
AC control board (9) Control 1 light source lamp radiator fan
(10) Control the heating strip of heating window
(11) Control the heating strip of reaction disk
(12) Control the heating strip of constant-temperature degassing tank
(13) Control 2 vacuum diaphragm pumps
(14) Control the optical power supply
(15) Collect the liquid level information of pure water tank, high-concentration waste liquid
tank, low-concentration waste liquid tank and detergent tank
(16) Supply 5V power to the AC drive board
(17) Collect the current information of Peltier
(1) Drive 2 Peltier radiation fans, 1 light source fan and 3 incubation bath heat circulating
fans
(2) Drive the heating strip of heating window
(3) Drive the switch of control relay of 12V light source power supply
AC drive control board
(4) Drive the heating strip of constant-temperature degassing tank
(5) Drive the heating strip of reaction disk
(6) Drive 2 diaphragm pumps
(7) Drive 2 Peltiers
(1) Check the status of zero-point optocoupler of dilution pump
(2) Control the internal standard peristaltic pump motor
(3) Control the matching peristaltic pump motor
(4) Control the dilution pump motor
ISE control board (optional) (5) Control V11, V12, V13, V14 and V15 solenoid valves
(6) Control the M9 mixing motor
(7) Control P16 and P17 vacuum pumps
(8) Read the AD data of electrode potential
(9) Check the vacuum pressure
(1) The 12V switching power supply is light source power supply.
Switching power supply
(2) The 24V switching power supply provides power to the Analyzer except the light source.
 

39
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

5.3 Electrical wiring diagram of circuit boards


5.3.1 Probe control board 

 
Fig. 5-3-1 Electrical wiring diagram of probe control board

5.3.2 Reaction disk control board

 
Fig. 5-3-2 Electrical wiring diagram of reaction disk control board (CS-T180)

40
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Borrow CS-T240/J440C line


P434
3 BN
B04-P5
1 BN B-
B04-P24 Weldi ng
P0602 J0602
3 BK
4 GN
5 RD
4 RD
5 OG
2 RD B+
3 OG A- J5 J24
1 GN L4 41 heat
shrinkage
411 GN 1 RD
2 BK
1 RD
2 BK
1 BU
2 BK Mixing motor
washing motor
6 BU 6 YL 4 YL A+ 3 GN H4
41 Welding
4125 BUPL Mixing Mixing
45 5 BU L3

41
heat
shrinkage
6 GY 5 BK
mechanism 06 BK
mechanism 06
Frame unit 01 7 WT 6 GN GN
rinsing 8 BK 7 RD RD
mechanism 05 8 BU BU Mixing swing motor
J0502 P0502 B04-P8
11 BN
19 Mixing
M7
PPS5 12 B04-P2
12 RD
13 OG
11 BK
12 GN mechanism 06
washing zeroing OC
1 GN
2 BU
1 GN
2 BU
1 GN
2 BU
1 GN
2 BU 1 PL 14 YL 13 RD
14 BU 4 Accompanying line
3 PL
rinsing
3 PL 3 PL 3 PL
J2 2 GY
3 WT
mechanism 05 60 4 GY 4 BK 83 Mixing lifting motorM6
Frame unit 01
5 WT
6 BK
J8 Mixing
7 BN mechanism 06
J0402 P0402 8 RD
9 OG
B04-P41 BN
PS3 2 RD 20 Accompanying line
BK J4
GND
+5V GY 1 GY 1 GY
3 OG
4 YL 85
2 WT 2 WT
Reaction disk
zeroing OC
C
WT 16 3 BK
4 BN
3 BK
4 BN Frame unit 01
5 RD 5 RD
6 OG 6 OG

OGPS4 60
GND
+5V BN Frame unit 01 Wire harness CS-
Reaction disk
C
RD 15 240PLUS/B04-P2 line
counting OC B04-P10
J10 1 BU H3 41 V4, V5, V6, V7 and V10
9 BN
10 RD P1604 J1604 connection to a line need
3 OG 1 BN 1 BN V7 Mixing rinsing bath welding; the soldered dots are
4 YL 2 RD 2 RD Valve assembly
5 GN
6 BU
3 OG
4 YL
3 OG
4 YL
20 V6 Rinsing probe No. 1
V5 Rinsing probe No. 2
16 3
pin 1 and 2 on the left
7 PL
8 GY
5 GN
6 BU
5 GN
6 BU
18 diagram, regardless of line
7 PL 7 PL 16 V4 Rinsing probe No. 3 1 2
sequence; Pin 1, 2 and 3 are
B04 reaction disk board 8 GY 8 GY
14 heat shrinkage insulated; the
J441 P441 J25
18 9 WT 9 WT V10 Waste liquid valve
left diagram is the top view of
B04-P6 Frame unit 01 10 BK 10 BK
B04-P25 29 the pins.
3 BK
4 GN
3 GN
4 BU
1 GN B-
2 BU B+
J6 1 WT 18
5 RD
6 BU
5 PL
6 GY
3 PL A-
4 GY A+
2 BK
3 BN Frame unit 01
P1609 J1609
1 RD 1 BK
Reaction disk 100 4 RD 2 BN 2 RD
motor 17
Reaction disk
Frame unit 01 Frame unit 01
28 Accompanying line V9 Detergent valve
unit 04 Valve assembly 16

PPS7
1 RD J0604 P0604 B04-P7
Mixing swinging OC
2 GN4 RD
3 BK5 GN J7
6 BK
24 4 GN
5 BU
1 GN
2 BU
Mixing 6 PL 3 PL
7 GY 4 GY
1 GY mechanism 06 8 WT 5 WT
2 WT 7 GY
Mixing lifting OC 3 BK 8 WT
9 BK 6 BK

PPS6 12 9 BK
B04-P12
Mixing 1 BN CANL
mechanism 06 92 J12 3 WT CANH
4 BK EGND
Frame unit 01 CAN communication
Frame unit 01
B04-P13
1 BN CANL
B04-P16
+24V power 1 GN +24V J13 3 WT CANH
4 BK EGND
2 BK GND CAN communication
supply 3 GN +24V
4 BK GND J16 Frame unit 01

Frame unit 01  
Fig. 5-3-2(a) Electrical wiring diagram of reaction disk control board (CS-T240Plus)

41
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

5.3.3 AC control board

Fig. 5-3-3 Electrical wiring diagram of AC control board

42
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

5.3.4 AC drive board


PFan06 JFan06 Refrigeration and
B08-P1 cooling fan
1 orangePELTIER_FAN2_OUT 1 orange 1 red
B08-P11 2 yellow GND 2 yellow 2 black
1green 24V 3 green LIGHT SOURCE_FAN_OUT Fan6
2black GND J1 4 blue GND PFan02 JFan02
3green 24V J11 5 purple PELTIER_FAN1_OUT
4black GND 6 grey GND 1 green 1 red Light source radiation fan
24V power source 2 blue 2 black
DF5A-4DS-5C Fan2
PFan07 JFan07
B08-P16
1 purple 1 red Refrigeration and cooling fan
Channel 3, Incubation Bath 2 grey 2 black
J16 detection, connected with AC Fan7
control board PFan03 JFan03
1red 1red R Circulating fan of incubation bath
B08-P21 2yellow 2yellow R
P0405 J0405 3black 3black R
1 orange FAN1_OUT 1 orange 1 red Fan3
2 yellow FAN1_Detection 2 yellow 2 yellow DF1B-3EP-2.5RC DF1B-3ES-2.5RC

3 green GND 3 green 3 black PFan04 JFan04 Fan


4 blue FAN2_OUT 4 blue 4 red 1red 1red 1red R
5 purple FAN2_Detection 5 purple 5 yellow 2yellow 2yellow 2yellowR
J21 6 grey GND 6 grey 6 black 3black 3black 3black R Fan4
7 white FAN3_OUT 7 white 7 red DF1B-3EP-2.5RC DF1B-3ES-2.5RC
8 black FAN3_Detection 8 black 8 yellow PFan01 JFan01

9 brown GND 9 brown 9 black 1red 1red 1red R Fan


2yellow 2yellow 2yellow R
3black 3black 3black R Fan1
DF1B-3EP-2.5RC DF1B-3ES-2.5RC

B08-P23 Fan
1 green5V Heating strip of
J23 PHeating04 JHeating04 heating window
2 blackGND 1 red
1 green 1 green A
2 black 2 black A 2 red
A Heater Heating4
1 red
2
red Heater
Heating strip of
heating window

B08-P3
J3 3red 1red
4blue 2blue Temperature relay
12V Light source control
DF5A-4DS-5C

Incubation bath
B08-P4 heating strip
1 green 1 white 1 white
1 green 24V 2 black 2 white Heating1
2 black GND 2 white
J4
PHeating01 JHeating01 Heater

Temperature relay
A A

B08-P5 PHeating05 JHeating05 Constant-temperature


degassing heating strip
1 green 24V 1 green 1 black
J5 2 black GND 2 black 2 black 2 black
Heating5
Heater
AC drive board B08 Diaphragm pump
PP1 JP1
B08-P6 1 orange 1 red 1 red
1 orange 2 yellow 2 black 2 black P1
2 yellow
J6 3 purple Pump
4 grey Diaphragm pump
1 purple 1 red 1 red
2 grey 2 black 2 black P2
Pump
PP2 JP2

B08-P7
1 green Peltier
2 green 1 green
PCooling01 JCooling01
1 green 1 red
J7 3 black 2 black 2 black 2 black Cooling1
4 black
Peltier

B08-P17
1 green PCooling02 JCooling02 Peltier
2 green 1 green 1 green 1 red
J17 3 black 2 black 2 black 2 black Cooling2
4 black
Peltier

Signal channel 18,


J18 connected with AC
control board

5V power source and


J20 peltier current signal,
connected with AC
control board

Fig. 5-3-4 Electrical wiring diagram of AC drive board

43
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

5.3.5 ISE control board (optional)


P5

Pl unger pump

Internal standard pump mot or

P6
PM06 JM06
1 b rown 1 red
2 red 2 gre en
B19-P41 3 o ra ng e
4 y el lo w
3 yel lo w
4 b lu e
B19 pump optocoupler

Proportioning pum p motor


PM05
adapter board

JM05 P7
J41
PM07 JM07
1 wh ite
1 red 2 b la ck
2 y el low
3 b ro wn
4 o ra ng e
3 b ro wn
4 red
J4 B17-P4 1 g re en
2 blu e
3 p urple
4 gre y

1 b ro wn
2 red
3 ora ng e
4 yel lo w

B19-P3-PPS B17-P5 J5 7 g re en
8 b lu e
1 wh ite 9 purp le
2 red 1 0 gre y
3 b lu e 1 wh ite
2 b la ck
3 bro wn
5 gre en 4 red
6 bla ck

142cm
J3

CS-6400 J387 wire 14102551

M9
P387 1 2
1 brown
2 red
Mixing motor
V13

B17 ISE control board


PV13 JV13
1 yel lo w 1 red
2 o ra ng e
2 b la ck

PV14 JV14 V14

1 g re en 1 y el lo w

B17-P6 J6 2 b lu e 2 yel lo w

1 o ra ng e
2 y el lo w
3 g re en

PV15 JV15
V15
1 p urp le 1 y el lo w
2 g re y 2 yel lo w
B17-P65 J65 LTK wire

1 2
PV11 JV11
TO_ISE_AMP

1 wh ite 1 red V11

J12 B17-P12 2 b la ck 2 b la ck

1 b ro wn
2 red
3 o ra nge
4 y el lo w
5 g re en
6 b lue
7 p urp le
PV12 JV12 1 2

8 g re y
CL

B18-P1 9 wh ite
1 0 b la ck 1 b ro wn 2 1 red
2 red 2
V12
2 bla ck

1 5 b ro wn2
1 6 red2

PP16 JP16
K

B18 ISE pre-amplification


REF electrode Na electrodeK electrode CI electrode

board J1 1 b ro wn 1 red 1 red


2 red 2 black 2 black
NA

Pum p
J13 B17-P13 P16
1 brown PP17 JP17
REF

2 red
3 orange 3 o ra ng e 1 red 1 red
4 yellow 4 y ello w 2 black 2 black
Pum p
P17

J1 B17-P1
B20-P2
1 red 1 red
2 black 2 yellow MPXV pressure sensor module
3 yellow 3 green J2 version B20
4 green 4 black
5 black( screen)

Fig. 5-3-5 Electrical wiring diagram of ISE control board (optional)

44
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Chapter 6 Components replacement and debugging

6.1 Replacement and debugging of commonly used components


6.1.1 Halogen lamp replacement
The precision of the Analyzer will decline as the light power will be weaker due to the aging light source lamp.
Check quantity of light, if the check value is larger than 18000, replace halogen lamp in time.
6.1.1.1 Inspection of quantity of light
Select "Light Check" in the "System Maintenance" window, and click "Execute" button so that the instrument
automatically executes the light source energy test. The test results are displayed in AD value or printed by the
pressing down the print key. Generally, the value will reach its highest point at 340nm.
6.1.1.2 Replacement of light source lamp
(1) Prepare a new halogen lamp, as shown in Fig. 6-1-1.

Fig. 6-1-1

Do not touch the surface of the halogen lamp, otherwise, the light intensity value will be affected. If there are
stains such as fingerprints on the surface, wipe it with a piece of gauze dipped with ethanol.
(2) Turn off the power of the Analyzer to completely cool down the lamphouse (about 30 minutes), so as to prevent
ambustion.
(3) Screw off the fixing screws of the side doors of the instrument and open the small door as shown in Fig. 6-1-2.

Replacement
of halogen Replacement of
lamp alkaline detergent

Fig. 6-1-2
(4) Screw off the terminal blocks (two screws) of the halogen lamp on the terminal strip and take off the leads, as
shown in Fig. 6-1-3.

45
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Two terminal
blocks

Fig. 6-1-3
(5) Screw off the two fixing screws of light source holder and take out the halogen lamp, shown as in Fig. 6-1-4.

Fixing screw

Fig. 6-1-4
(6) Replace with a new halogen lamp according to the reverse steps of above, tighten the screws, and do not contact
other leads. Leads should not be loose or up warping.
(7) Close the small door and tighten the fixing screws, power on the analyzer. In the stand-by state, execute "Light
Quantity Check" function, and after the light quantity meets the requirement, carry out the test.

6.1.2 Replacement of optical unit


If there is any trouble in the test process, it is recommended to remove the whole optical unit for maintenance and
replacement.
(1) Turn off the power of the Analyzer to completely cool down the lamphouse (about 30 minutes), so as to prevent
ambustion.
(2) Unscrew the fixing screw of the rinsing mechanism , remove the rinsing mechanism of cuvette, place the rinsing
mechanism on a flat place aside, without causing damage to the rinsing probe, and lift the reaction disk cover up and
put aside.
(3) As shown in Fig. 6-1-5, loosen but not remove the screw of Cover 4, and then remove Cover 1, 2 and 3 in
sequence. Pay attention to the position of mixing and rinsing baths when removing Cover 2.

46
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

1
Mixing bar

Rinsing bath

3 Screw of rinsing
mechanism

Fig. 6-1-5
(4) As shown in Fig. 6-1-6, unscrew three screws in the middle as circled in red color and lift up the reaction disk.

Place the reaction disk in a dry and clean place, and prevent water on the wall of cuvette drip into the
analyzer.

Fig. 6-1-6
(5) Remove the incubation bath, as shown in Figure 6-1-7, and unplug four terminal blocks selected. Unscrew off
five fixing screws of the incubation bath, as shown in Figure 6-1-8, up warp the incubation bath, and pay attention to
the tubing under the incubation bath.

47
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Terminal
block

Fig. 6-1-7

Fig. 6-1-8
(6) Remove the optical unit connecting wire. First remove the ground wire G0205 as shown in Figure 6-1-9, and
check whether the screw washer gets lost. Unscrew the cover screw that fixes AD box, remove the cover, pull out
the connection wires P514 and B06-P4 on the circuit board, as shown in Figure 6-1-10, pull out the temperature
sensor, and remove the two DC0205 wires on the iconic terminal block with a screwdriver.

48
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

AD box
cover

Ground wire
G0205

Fig. 6-1-9

Temperature
Sensor

DC0205+12V DC0205-GND

Fig. 6-1-10
(7) Remove the optical unit, as shown in Fig. 6-1-11. There is a screw on the back of the optical unit. Hold the
optical unit by hand and screw down the screw at the same time. Hold up the incubation bath and lift the optical unit
up obliquely and take it out.

49
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Screw

Fig. 6-1-11
(8) Install the new optical unit in accordance with the reverse steps mentioned above. Since the incubation bath and
the optical unit are fixed with screws, do not lock the screws in Fig. 6-1-11. After the incubation bath is fixed, lock
the above-mentioned screws, and then install in step (8)-(2).
(9) After installation, the following operations are carried out to verify that the instrument can work normally.
a) "Reset" operation: in the "System Maintenance" interface, select the "Instrument Reset" and then click the
"Execute" button;
b) Mechanical motions check: in the "System Maintenance" interface, select "Mechanical Motions Check";
c) Execute "AD Normalization", "cuvette Blank", "Reaction Disk Optical Couple Test", "Original AD Value
Check", and "Cuvette Blank Injection Volume Check".
d) Execute "stray light", "linear range of absorbance", "absorbance repeatability", "absorbance accuracy" and
"absorbance stability" tests.

6.1.3 Replacement and debugging of mixing bar


(1) Turn off the power of the analyzer.
(2) Loosen two fixing screws for about 1 circle, as shown in the figure: pull out mixing bar from the bottom.

Fig. 6-1-12
(3) Prepare a new mixing bar, and wipe the front of the new mixing bar with a piece of gauze dipped in ethanol.
(4) When installing the new mixing bar, insert the mixing bar at the heel of the motor and fix it with M2 screws as
shown in the figure:

50
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Mixing motor 

M2 screw  Mixing bar 

Fig. 6-1-13
(5) Put the adjusting block of the mixing bar on the bracket of the cuvette and move the cuvette above the adjusting
block as shown in the figure:
Mixing mechanism 

Height adjusting screw 

Place the adjusting block here 

Cuvette bracket 

Adjusting block 
Fig. 6-1-14
(6) Screw off M2 screw, and adjust the mixing bar until its point touches the upper surface of adjusting block as
shown in the figure: fasten M2 screw.

Mixing bar 

Upper end of adjusting block 

Cuvette bracket 

Fig. 6-1-15
(7) Select "Mixing Mechanism Check" from "Mechanism Check" in the "System Maintenance" window, and click "
" and “ " to confirm whether the position of mixing bar is correct.
(8) If not in the center of the cuvette, use CS-T180 debugging and maintenance program to adjust. After getting
online, select the lower computer debugging, mixing unit and position compensation in turn, as shown in the figure:

51
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fig. 6-1-16
(9) Click "Position" to show a drop-down symbol and select the cuvette, click "Read". When the reading of position
information is complete, fill in the number of compensation step in the position information box, in the range of
-15~15, set the compensation step and then click "Settings".
(10) When resetting the mixing unit, adjust the mixing bar to the position of the cuvette, and observe whether the
mixing bar is in the center of the cuvette. If the mixing bar is not in the center, the compensation settings should be
made again according to the specific circumstances.
(11) Execute "Mechanical action check" for 10 times in "Mechanism Check" in the "System Maintenance" window
and confirm whether or not the mechanical action is normal.

6.1.4 Replacement and debugging of probe assembly


(1) Power off the analyzer.
(2) Hold the shell of the probe with fingers and then pick it up and take it off as shown in the figure:

Fig. 6-1-17
(3) Unscrew tubing connector as shown in the figure:

Fig. 6-1-18
(4) Remove the probe.
(5) Replace with a new probe and screw down the tubing connectors in reverse order.
(6) Turn on the power switch of the analyzer.
(7) Click "System Maintenance" button in functions navigation area.
(8) Select "Horizontal Check of Probe" and "Mixing Mechanism" in the "Mechanism Check" list, and then click "
" button and single click " " button to move on the next action.
(9) Execute "Horizontal Check of Probe". When the probe stops above the cuvette, check whether the point of probe
aims at the center of cuvette, as shown in the figure.

52
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fig. 6-1-19
(10) If not in the center, use CS-T180 debugging and maintenance program to adjust the probe mechanism. After
getting online, select the lower computer debugging, probe unit and swing compensation. As shown in figure below:

Fig. 6-1-20
(11) Click "Position" to show a drop-down symbol and select the cuvette, click "Read". When the reading of
position information is complete, fill in the number of compensation step in the position information box, in the
range of -15~15, set the compensation step and then click "Settings".
(12) When resetting the probe, adjust the probe to the position of the cuvette, and observe whether the probe is in the
center of the cuvette. If the probe is not in the center, the compensation settings should be made again according to
the specific circumstances.

6.1.5 Replacement of constant-temperature degassing system


(1) Shut down the power switch on the lower right side of the analyzer, remove the back cover of the analyzer, and
disconnect the tubing XR78-80 (No. 2 tube) between the V1 solenoid valve in the analyzer and the
constant-temperature degassing tank.
(2) One minute later, disconnect the intake pipe XR78-500 (No. 1 tube) and the degassing tube XR78-200 (No 28
tube) at the bottom of the constant-temperature degassing tank, and disconnect the three wire plugs on the
constant-temperature degassing tank. As shown in figure below:

Fig. 6-1-21

53
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Tube 1 
Tube 28 

Fig. 6-1-22
(3) Loosen the two fixing screws of the constant-temperature degassing tank, remove the constant-temperature
degassing tank from the analyzer and place it on a clean desk.
(4) Install the new constant-temperature degassing tank to the original position and connect the tubing and wire plug
one by one accurately.
Caution:
● When replacing the constant-temperature degassing tank, pull out No. 1, No. 2 and No. 28 tubes and wire plugs
before replacing the components.
● During the replacement process, there will be an overflow at the outlet of No. 1 tube. The water container should
be prepared before pulling off the tube, or the nylon bandage and plug should be used to seal.
(5) Turn on the power switch on the lower right side of the analyzer. In the process of power-on resetting of the
analyzer, conduct spitting test of the rinsing probe. Because the tubing becomes empty after replacing the degassing
tank, the water in the tubing can not be replenished in time, the analyzer will stop because of alarming "abnormal
spitting of 3-11-2 rinsing mechanism rinsing probe". After tubing is reset repeatedly and filled up with water, enter
the standby mode. If the alarm still sounds after repeated reset, please check the tubing.

When there are bubbles in the tubing, there may be water spraying in the probe rinsing bath, which should be
cleared in time.
(6) Execute the "Syringe Pump Exhausts" operation to ensure that there are no bubbles in the sample dispensing
injection pump (500μL) and the water supply injection pump (10mL).

6.1.6 Electrode replacement

● Generally, it is prohibited to open ISE cover. Otherwise, the results may be inaccurate caused by poor
temperature control.
● Keep the replacement of electrode and checks of equipment within 1 hour.
● The service life of ISE electrode is 6 months or being tested for 15000 times.
● Make sure that the storage temperature of the electrode is at 1℃~51℃.

Fig. 6-1-23 Diagram of Electrode Arrangement

54
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

6.1.6.1 Replacement of Na, K and CI electrodes


Electric potential of electrode will gradually decrease after long time of using, which leads to poor responding. Thus
the electrode should be replaced for a new one.
(1) Time to replace electrode
An alarm sounds when the slope value of the calibration is abnormal, as shown in the table below:
Slope value
Alarm information
Na K Cl
40mV~70mV 40mV~70mV -70mV~-40mV Normal range
35mV~40mV 35mV~40mV -40mV~-35mV Abnormal ISE preparation
Below 35mV Below 35mV Above -35mV Abnormal ISE slope rate

When abnormal ISE preparation warning occurs, the analysis at that day can be executed as usual, and new
electrode shall be replaced with on the second day. When abnormal ISE slope rate alarm sounds, replace with a new
electrode in time.
If the alarm sounds or QC test fails while the slope rate is still within the normal range, it indicates that the response
of electrode is poor. The situation is usually caused by tubing pollution, and can be solved by rinsing the tubing.
One of the reasons causing dramatic change of slope value of that day but normal calibration value of the former day
may be electrode. Check whether there is leakage or blocking and bubble in tubing.
(2) Replacement method of electrode
a) Open the maintenance opening on the right side of the analyzer, and unscrew the fixing screw on electrode
components, and lift up electrode components.
b) Select the electrode to be replaced, and screw off the electrode with hands holding protecting jacket, as shown
in the figure:

Fig. 6-1-24
c) Pull out the wire of electrode as shown in the figure:

Fig. 6-1-25
d) After removing the electrode, wipe out the liquid with the cotton swab in the position on flow cell for electrode
installation, as shown in the figure:

55
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fig. 6-1-26
e) Assemble and install the new corresponding electrodes at the proper position of the flow cell, and then connect
the other end of the electrode with the connector of the front zoom plate.
(3) Finishing of electrode
After the new electrode was installed, the electrode shall be repaired and maintained before being analyzed in
accordance with the following order:
a) Execute all ISE tubing once in "ISE" window of "System maintenance".
b) After 10 minutes, execute ISE check for 10 times in "ISE" window of "System Maintenance". The results of
ISE check will be displayed on the system maintenance working area.
c) Execute ISE calibration for once to confirm that whether the slope is within the reference range.
6.1.6.2 Replacement of reference electrode
(1) Time to replace
Replace with new electrode when all slope value of Na, K, Cl electrode is low or unstable.
(2) Replacement method
Select reference electrode (NA REF), and refer to (2) Replacement method of electrode under the "Replacement of
Na, K and Cl electrodes" for the replacement method and precautions for replacement.
(3) Confirmation after replacement
a) Execute all ISE tubing once in "ISE" window of "System maintenance".
b) After 10 minutes, execute ISE check for 10 times in "ISE" window of "System Maintenance". The results of
ISE check will be displayed on the system maintenance working area. The difference of two successive check
values of the same electrode shall not be more than 0.2mv.
c) Execute ISE calibration for once to confirm that whether the slope is within the reference range.

6.1.7 Replacement of tube for pinch valve


(1) Open ISE cover plate of analysis unit of the Analyzer.
(2) Replace the tube with a new one. Prevent the hose from loosening and falling when inserting, as shown in the
figure:

56
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Tube for pinch valve 


Fig. 6-1-27
(3) Wipe with a piece of gauze dipped in pure water if there is liquid dripping from the tube.
(4) Install the ISE cover.

6.1.8 Replacement of Peltier of reagent disk

Power off the whole machine for at least three minutes before operation.

Screw Insertion direction Insertion direction Screw

Lower Ventilation Hood Front Ventilation Hood


(1) Remove the side cover and the front cover;
(2) Pull out both the male and female connectors of the wire socket, and pull it out after loosening the screw of the
front ventilation hood and lower ventilation hood.
(3) Unscrew radiator screws and remove radiator.

57
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

(4) Replace Peltier PCooLing01/ PCooLing02;


(5) After replacement, install according to the reverse steps.

6.1.9 Replacement of heating window of sample reagent disk

Mounting
screw

(1) Turn the sample reagent probe away from the sample reagent disk, remove the chamber cover, take out the
sample reagent disk holder, and remove the heat insulation cover;
(2) Remove the side cover, upper cover and front cover;
(3) Pull out both the male and female connectors of the wire socket, and pull it out after loosening the screw of the
front ventilation hood and lower ventilation hood.
(4) Unscrew three mounting screws in the refrigeration chamber, pull down the overflow pipe and take out the
components of refrigeration chamber.
(5) Remove the screws of the bar code scanning window and heat the replaced window.
(6) After replacement, install according to the reverse steps.

6.1.10 Replacement of driving component motor


Position of
screw 

(1) Turn the sample reagent probe away from the sample reagent disk, remove the chamber cover, take out the
sample reagent disk holder, and remove the heat insulation cover;
(2) Remove the side cover, upper cover and front cover;
(3) Pull out both the male and female connectors of the wire socket, and pull it out after loosening the screw of the
front ventilation hood and lower ventilation hood.
(4) Unscrew three mounting screws in the refrigeration chamber, pull down the overflow pipe and take out the
components of refrigeration chamber.
(5) Remove the mounting screws of driving component and remove the driving component.

58
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

(6) Remove the motor wire socket, loosen the mounting screws and replace the motor.
(7) After replacement, install according to the reverse steps.

6.1.11 Replacement of driving component optocoupler


(1) Execute 6.1.10 (1) ~ (5)
(2) Pull out the optocoupler wire, blow the thermoplastic on the back of the optocoupler with a heat gun until it melts,
remove the optocoupler, and clean the residual thermoplastic with a screwdriver.
(3) Place a new optocoupler into the mounting hole and fix it with thermoplastic.
(4) After replacement, install according to the reverse steps.

6.2 Use of auxiliary software


6.2.1 Use of debugging software
6.2.1.1 Connection of software

Open the software , and the display is as shown below:

“IP Address” and “Port No.” are in the red box in the above figure. Change the IP address, place the cursor at the
blank of the “Log Information” column, click the left button of the mouse, enter drcs, and click Enter. Power up
the whole machine and click the “Connect” button.

59
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

6.2.1.2 Software function area


See the following figure.

Display area of
maintenance Display area of Display area of function
items instrument status buttons

Display area of alarm


information

Display area of
log information

Operation area of

debugging function

Display area of
function buttons
6.2.1.3 Cuvette blank test
In the following interface, the upper box shows the cuvette blank check which is used for calculation. In the lower
box, “Execute”: start action; “Stop”: stop action; “Export to Excel”: export in form of Excel.

6.2.1.4 Data Acquisition


(1) AD static acquisition
In the following interface, drag the scroll bar of Time Interval to set the single acquisition time. Check “Obtain

60
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

AD Value” or “Original Value” to start acquisition.

(2) Consecutive collection


Place the cursor at the blank of the “Log Information”, click the left button of the mouse, enter drcs and click
Enter. After checking an item in box 1, click “Execute” in box 3 to start the function action. When the function
action is completed, the processing result of the consecutive collection data is displayed after “AD pulse start
point” in box 2. Consecutive collection succeeded or failed will be displayed below box 1. The current AD pulse
start point data can be manually obtained by clicking “Acquisition” in box 2. After entering the data, click
“Setting” to reconfigure the AD pulse start point data.

(3) Auto-setting
Place the cursor at the blank of the “Log Information”, click the left button of the mouse, enter drcs and click
Enter. The options are shown in the figure. Click “Auto-setting”.

61
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

6.2.1.5 Slave computer debugging

●When debugging the slave computer, there are no restrictions on mutually exclusive mechanisms. Please
check mechanism status to avoid mechanism damage!
●To exit from slave computer debugging, please cancel the selected function!
(1) Reaction disk unit
The unit includes reaction disk mechanism, rinsing mechanism, mixing mechanism, solenoid, etc.

62
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

(2) Probe unit


The unit includes probe mechanism, sample & reagent disk mechanism, barcode, syringe pump, solenoid, etc.

(3)AC unit
The unit includes incubation bath, refrigeration bin, degassing tank, waste liquid pump, light source power control,
etc.

63
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

(4) ISE unit


The unit includes ISE components.

(5) Mechanical motion control data


When executing a mechanical motion check, some units can be set not to act. Checking means action. Reaction
disk must be checked. When checking reagent disk/sample disk, reagent/sample probe must be checked. After
checking the mechanism needing to act, click “Send mechanical motion data” to execute the mechanical motion
check.

64
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

6.2.2 Software upgrade


(1) Open the debugging software, select System upgrade, and click Program upgradation;

65
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

(2) The dialog box pops up, enter the correct IP address and port number, and click Add file;
(3) The dialog box pops up. Select the corresponding program file;

(4)Start upgrade;

66
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

(5) Select Y after the dialog box pops up;

(6)After the dialog pops up, select Module 1, and click Ok;

(7) If it is the main control board, you need to wait until “The lower machine did not respond.”

(8) Click Ok after the dialog pops up;

67
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

(9)Return to the main interface of upgrade, and click “Disconnect”; Click “Start” again. If they are other control
boards, you only have to click “Add file” and “Start”.

68
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

(10) Read program version number


Click “Obtain All Version No.” to read the version number of the application program; Click “Obtain Boot
Version No.” to read the version number of the application program.

6.2.3 Other function


Click “View Action Count” to obtain the number of action times and use time of the halogen lamp.

69
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

70
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Chapter 7 Maintenance

7.1 System maintenance preparation


To guarantee the accuracy and precision of the Analyzer, operators shall strictly follow User Manual of
Auto-Chemistry Analyzer (Type: CS-T180/CS-T240Plus) and regularly provide maintenance for the Analyzer so as
to get reliable test results and ensure the Analyzer with planned service life.
Before maintenance of the Analyzer, please prepare the following tools:

7.1.1 Tools and instruments


Tool Name Use
Cross screwdriver To remove and install cover
Probe unblocking needle To clean probe
Probe unblocking tool To clean when probe blocked
Fixing block To adjust the height of mixing bar
Clean gauze To clean all parts
Cotton swab To clean probe
Dust collector To clean the cooling fan
Water tanks (two) To drain waste liquid
Brush of test tube To clean rinsing bath

7.1.2 Pure water


During routine operation and system maintenance, the Analyzer shall be filled with pure water with conductivity
lower than 1μs/cm. Don't forget to maintain and check the pure water unit regularly during using pure water unit.
Refer to the User Manual of the pure water unit for details to contact with the manufacturer or seller.

7.1.3 Detergent
Various detergents, used for rinsing all parts of the Analyzer, shall be purchased from Dirui Company. If the
detergents are replaced with any other detergent, cuvette, probe, mixing bar and tubing may be not rinsed fully,
leading to the impact on the accuracy and precision of testing result. The Company will not be responsible for any
inaccuracy due to failure to use detergent specified.
3 kinds of CS series detergent in total:
(1)CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent: Put CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent in the specified
position according to the prompt. 2% of CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent shall be adopted for
scrubbing parts of the Analyzer or soaking cuvette.
(2)CS-alkaline detergent: place CS-alkaline detergent in the detergent bottle in front of the Analyzer for rinsing
cuvette
(3)CS-ISE detergent: Place standard cup of CS-ISE detergent at position outer 1 on sample reagent disk for rinsing
ISE matching cuvette, flow cell and ISE tubing.

7.2 Application of "System Maintenance" window

Click " " in the functions area to enter maintenance window, and then set the daily maintenance
as per the demand. The interface is as shown:

71
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-2-1

During the maintenance operation of the Analyzer, click " " in the window to stop maintenance
operation that can be stopped halfway, or execute other operation until maintenance operation is finished when
some maintenance operation cannot be stopped halfway. The Analyzer will reset first before executing any
maintenance item. In case of any abnormal mechanism during maintenance, an alarm prompt will be displayed in
the "Alarm Information" window.

Click " " to exit some maintenance window.

7.2.1 Reset analyzer

Click the icon on "System Maintenance" as shown below:

Fig. 7-2-2

72
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Click " ", and the mechanism of the Analyzer will automatically return to the reset point. It is
not allowed to suddenly suspend the reset process. Other operations are allowable only under standby mode.
Please execute reset if the alarm information gives prompts, or the Analyzer is suddenly suspended, or single-step
adjustment of probe, or mixing mechanism is executed.

7.2.2 Check cuvette blank and light intensity

Click the " " icon on the "System Maintenance" window to execute test of cuvette blank and light
intensity.
(1)Cuvette blank test

Select " " on the "Cuvette Blank and Light Intensity" window, and click "
", then the Analyzer will execute cuvette blank test of 160 cuvettes and display the test results
on the cuvette blank test window as shown below:

Fig. 7-2-3

Click the " " button to preview and print the cuvette blank value if needed. During the check of
cuvette blank, click the " " button to end cuvette blank test.
Normally, the user is suggested to execute cuvette blank test once a week. User shall execute cuvette blank test after
replacing cuvette only if the value is qualified. Operator is not suggested to continue sample test if the cuvette blank
value is abnormal, otherwise, it may affect the accuracy of test result.
a)"cuvette No." column: display the number of 1~56 cuvettes.
b)"340~380" column: separately display the cuvette blank test of 56 cuvettes of different cuvette No.
corresponding to wavelength of 340nm, 380nm, 405nm, 450nm, 480nm, 505nm, 546nm, 570nm, 600nm, 660nm,
700nm, 750nm, or 800nm.
c)"1" (cuvette) line: display the cuvette blank value of No. 1 cuvette under 12wavelengths, which is qualified if
the value is in the range of 8000~18000.
d)"2~56" (cuvette) line: display the difference between cuvettes of No. 2~56, which is the difference between
cuvette blank of No. 1 cuvette and cuvette blank of No. 2~56 cuvette, and the difference is only qualified within

73
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

the range of -1500~1500.


(2)Check quantity of light

Select " " on "Cuvette Blank and Light Intensity" window, and the display is shown as
below:

Fig. 7-2-4

Click the " " button, and the Analyzer will automatically execute the check of light source
energy, and display the check value of this time and before, and the difference value automatically calculated can be
printed as needed. The check value of quantity of light shall be less than or equal to 18000. Click the "
" button to end the check of light intensity.
Normally, users are suggested to check quantity of light once a month. Check light intensity first after replacing
halogen lamp, and only when the value of light intensity is qualified can the test be carried out.

7.2.3 Exhaust air

Click the " " icon on the "System Maintenance" window to execute air exhaust of syringe pump as shown
below:

74
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-2-5

Select " " on the "Air Exhaust" window, and select " " or "
" as needed. If to select "Detergent aspirating", place CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free
detergent in position outer 1 on the sample reagent disk. Click " ", the syringe pump piston will
twitch up and down repeatedly to exhaust the air in syringe pump or tubing. Emergency stops are not allowed during
this function operation, and any other operation shall be carried out under the standby status.
Exhaust air from syringe pump for several times when replacing syringe pump or its tubing or firstly install the
Analyzer.

7.2.4 Rinsing

Click the " " icon on the "System Maintenance" window to rinse cuvette, and drain the whole machine, as
shown below:
(1)Rinse cuvette

Click " " on the "Rinsing" window as shown below:

75
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-2-6

Click" ", and the Analyzer will automatically rinse 56 cuvettes. During rinsing cuvette, click "
" to end the operation.
In case that the cuvette blank value is abnormal, execute "Rinse cuvette" first; the user is suggested to rinse cuvette
once a week to protect the test result from being affected by polluted cuvette.
(2)Drain whole machine

Click " " on the "Rinsing" window as shown below:

Fig. 7-2-7

Click the " " button, operate according to the prompt, and wait for standby before executing
other operation.
When executing "complete machine dewatering", the pure water in the water feeding tubing of the rinsing

76
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

mechanism, the probe inner wall, the probe outer wall, the rinsing bath, and the degassing tank will be drained, and
the detergent in the alkaline detergent tubing will be drained. Detergent will be discharged from the inlet. Before
executing the function, prepare a container to hold the discharged detergent. Pure water will be discharged directly
to the low-concentration waste liquid tube.
(3)Probe rinsing

In the "rinsing" window, select " ", and the interface is as shown below:

Fig. 7-2-7(a)

Click the " " button. Operate according to the prompt. Wait for standby before executing other
operation.
It’s suggested that the user execute probe rinsing once a week.

7.2.5 Mechanism check

Click " " in the "System maintenance" window to execute the vertical check and horizontal check of probe
and check mixing mechanism, mechanical action and rinsing mechanism. Please execute corresponding
maintenance action to check or adjust the mechanism.
(1)Vertical check of probe

Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure:

77
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-2-8

Click the " " button, and the Analyzer starts the single-step vertical action of lifting mechanism
of probe, then click the " " button to execute the next action, and click " "
button to stop the maintenance action.
Vertical check of "5mL", "50mL", "Empty Bottle", "Check out" or "Return to Zero" can be selected.
Please refer to "7.4.1 (4) Adjustment and confirmation of the position of probe" for the action of vertical check of
probe.
(2)Horizontal check of probe

Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-2-9

Click the " " button, and the Analyzer starts the single-step horizontal action of lifting
mechanism of probe, then click the " " button to execute the next action, and click the "
" button to stop the maintenance action.

78
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Please refer to "7.4.1 (4) Adjustment and confirmation of the position of probe" for the detailed specification of
horizontal check of probe.
Please execute the action when adjusting or checking the position of probe.
(3)Check of mixing mechanism

Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-2-10

Click the " " button, and the Analyzer starts the single-step action check of mixing mechanism,
then click the " " button to execute the next action, and click the " "
button to stop the maintenance action.
Execute when adjusting the position of mixing mechanism (at cuvette side and above the rinsing bath).
(4)Mechanical motions check

Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-2-11

79
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Input the number of check within the range of 1~65535, and click the " " button to execute
action check of all mechanisms. Click the " " button to stop the maintenance action.
(5)Rinse mechanism check

Select " " on the "Mechanism check" window as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-2-12

Click the " " button and the Analyzer executes the reset automatically, then the rinsing
mechanism goes off (failing distance: upon the rinsing probe enters into the cuvette); click "Next", the rinsing
mechanism goes up to zero; then click "Next", the rinsing mechanism goes down. Click the " "
button to stop the maintenance action.
(6)Standard cup dead volume inspection

On the “mechanism check” window, select , and the display is as shown


below:

Fig. 7-2-12(a)

80
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Put a standard cup with 200μl physiological saline in position No. 1, 11, 21 and 31, click , and
the analyzer will automatically carry out the dead volume inspection of a standard cup. Click
to stop the maintenance action.

7.2.6 Water quality check

On the "System Maintenance" window click the " " icon to check the water quality, and the interface is as
shown below:

Fig. 7-2-13

Select "cal." and click the " " button, and according to the prompt put a 20mL reagent bottle
holding 20mL normal saline in position outer 1.
After calibration, put a 20mL reagent bottle holding 20mL water to be tested in position outer 1 accoding to the
prompt. After testing, the test result will be displayed on the software interface.

7.2.7 Barcode

Click the " " button on the "System maintenance" window to check the barcode of sample and reagent.
Select " " on the "Barcode" window as shown in the figure:

81
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-2-14

Click the " " button, the Analyzer will scan the barcode at position 1, outer 1 and inner 2 of the
sample reagent disk, and display the check result.

Before testing, put a test tube with barcode respectively at position 1 and outer 1 of the sample reagent disk;
after the scanning, put a test tube with barcode at position 1, and a 20mL reagent bottle with barcode at
position outer 1; and after scanning, put a test tube with barcode at position 1, and a 35mL reagent bottle
with barcode at position inner 2 for scanning.

7.2.8 ISE

Click the " " icon on the "System maintenance" window to enter the ISE window, as shown in the figure:

82
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-2-15

(1)ISE check

Click and select " " on the "ISE" window, and set the number of checks in the input bar "Check
Times" within the range of 1-999. Click the " " button to display the check value on the working
area of the check result. Click the " " button to end the action.
Execute ISE check after ISE warning occurs, rinsing ISE or replacing electrode.

● The normal value range of ISE check:

Item name Range of normal value (unit: mV)


+
Na -200~200
K+ -300~100
-
Cl -200~200

● The difference of two successive check values of the same electrode shall be no more than 0.2mV.
(2)Rinse ISE tubing

Select " " on the "ISE" window as shown in the figure:

83
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-2-16

Select the type of tube needed to be rinsed as per the actual situation in the ISE tubing rinsing area, and click the "
" button, the Analyzer will automatically rinse the tubing, the action can be ended by clicking
the " " button.
Users are suggested to rinse all ISE tubes once a month.
(3)Rinse ISE matching cuvette

Select " " on the "ISE" window as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-2-17

84
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Place CS-IES detergent at position outer 1 of the sample reagent disk, and click the " " button,
the Analyzer will automatically rinse ISE cuvette, and the action can be ended by clicking the "
" button.
User is suggested to rinse ISE matching cuvette once a week, and execute ISE calibration after rinsing.
(4)Exhaust air from ISE diluent tubing

Select " " on the "ISE" window as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-2-18

When bubbles exist inside ISE tubing and ISE syringe pump, click the " " button to execute
tubing exhaust. Emergency stops are not allowed during this function operation, and any other operation shall be
carried out in standby status.
(5)Rinse ISE flow cell

Select " " on the "ISE" window as shown in the figure:

85
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-2-19

Place CS-ISE detergent at position outer 1 of the sample reagent disk, and click the " " button,
the Analyzer will automatically rinse ISE flow cell, and the action can be ended by clicking the "
" button.
User is suggested to rinse ISE flow cell once a month.

7.3 System maintenance position and parts

If the Analyzer is installed with accessories which are not provided or recommended by the manufacturer or
the Analyzer is used otherwise specified by the manufacturer, the relating protection may be weakened.

7.3.1 Clean, check and replace parts regularly


Maintain, check and replace parts regularly as shown in Table 7-3-1 (providing the Analyzer is used for 5 hours per
day):
(○: Clean and check regularly ●: Replace and add regularly)

Table 7-3-1 List of Parts to be Cleaned, Checked and Replaced Regularly

Periodic
Necessary
Annual
No. Items amount for Appro Reference
consumption
1 time Daily priate Weekly Monthly Yearly
time
1 Standard cup ● ——

2 Manual-rinsing probe ○ 7.4.1


Probe rinsing tank
3 ○ 7.4.1
Rinsing bath of mixing bar
4
Cuvette (7/set) 8 groups 32 sets ● ○ 7.4.2
(Note a)

86
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Periodic
Necessary
Annual
No. Items amount for Appro Reference
consumption
1 time Daily priate Weekly Monthly Yearly
time
5 Incubation bath and axial fan ○ 7.4.2
6 Halogen lamp (light source
1 2 ● 7.4.3
(Note b) lamp)
7 Rinse nozzles of mechanism ○ 7.4.4

8 Mixing bar ○ 7.4.5


Rinsing of syringe pump
9 Sample dispensing in syringe ● 7.4.7
pump
Water supply filter and
10 ○ 7.4.11
detergent filter
CS series anti-bacterial
11 phosphor-free detergent ● 7.1.3
CS-alkaline detergent
12 Vacuum bottle body ○ ——

13 Refrigeration chamber ○ 7.4.6

14 Cooling Fans ○ ——
15 Confirmation of cuvette
○ 7.2.2
(Note c) blank
16 Drainage of waste liquid ○ ——

17 Detergent bottle ○ 7.4.2

Note:
a)Statistic about the maximum consumption is made in the list, if the cuvette blank value is qualified, it can
be used continually. Replace with a new cuvette if the cuvette blank value is still abnormal after rinsing
cuvette.
b)Halogen lamp, whose average service time is 2000 hours, needs to be replaced when the value of quantity of
light is tested with 340nm wavelength to be larger than 18000 hours, and to ensure the accuracy and
precision of test result, halogen lamp with service time of 750 hours are recommended for the replacement.
c)Execute cuvette blank test once a week, otherwise, warning of abnormal cuvette blank value may occur.
d)The Analyzer can be equipped with stylus, ink-jet or laser printer, and user can select consumables as per
the type of printer.

7.3.2 Spare parts for regular replacement and maintenance


Please prepare the following parts all the time for repairing the Analyzer at any time in case of faults. The parts are
shown in Table 7-3-2:
Table 7-3-2 List of Spare Parts

No. Part name Note Suggested qty./year

1 Halogen lamp 12V20W 2

2 Cuvette (7/set×8 sets) 32 sets

3 Axial fan F251RF05LC5V 3

4 LMT55 ethylene tube 1/4×3/8 (unit: inch)

87
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

No. Part name Note Suggested qty./year

5 LMT55 ethylene tube 1/8 inch×1/4 inch 5m

6 LMT55 ethylene tube 1/16 inch×1/8 inch 5m

7 Teflon FEP hard pipe 1mm×2mm 5m

8 Teflon FEP hard pipe 1.5mm×2.5mm 5m

9 Teflon FEP hard pipe 2.1mm×3.2mm 3m

10 Silicone tube 8mm×14mm 3m

11 Water supply filter and detergent filter For tubing 1 piece for each

12 Probe For sample-aspirating 1

13 Mixing bar For mixing 2


Wiping white block of rinsing
14 For rinsing cuvette Two for each spec.
mechanism
15 Rinsing of syringe pump For water supply during rinsing 1

16 Sample dispensing in syringe pump For dispensing sample and reagent 1

7.4 Maintenance methods

● Don't spill water, reagent detergent or other solutions on the machine or electric parts of the Analyzer in
case of any damages.
● Do not touch probe mechanism, mixing mechanism or cuvette-rinsing mechanism during operation of the
Analyzer in case of infection or injury.
● During operation, the operators shall take preventive measures like wear protective gloves, glasses,
working suits in case of infection due to touch with polluted area or solution or skin injury due to contacting
with corrosive liquid. The operator shall rinse with water and take disinfection measures after contacting the
polluted or corrosive liquid due to carelessness.
● During maintenance process, please check whether there are hazards caused by inefficiency of hoses or
parts filled with solution.

7.4.1 Probe
The inner/outer wall of the probe may have serum, reagent or drops attached, or is easy to be blocked if being
polluted, as a result the test results of the Analyzer may be affected. Therefore, regular check and rinsing or cleaning
are needed.
(1)Daily automatic rinsing of the Analyzer
Place a reagent bottle (70mL bottle) with CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent at position outer 1 of the sample
reagent disk, as shown in the figure:

88
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-4-1

When the filling finishes, the probe will automatically aspirate CS-anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent or
CS-alkaline detergent for rinsing.

Place detergent at stipulated position to avoid cross contamination of cuvette and probe during rinsing.
(2)Cleaning of probe tip surface
a)Turn off the power of the Analyzer.
b)Remove the cover of reagent disk, and move rotary arm of probe on the disk by hands, as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-2

c)Wipe the surface of the probe with cotton swab dipped in alcohol, as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-3

89
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Don't put a large amount of alcohol near the Analyzer during use providing the alcohol is inflammable.
d)After powering-on again, the probe will automatically swing to resetting position.
(3)Cleaning of blocked probe and serious cross contamination
a)Turn off the power of the Analyzer.
b)Hold the cope shell of the probe with fingers and then pick up to take it off as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-4

Unscrew tubing connector as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-5

c)Remove the probe.


d)Connect the connector at the end of the probe unblocking tool with the that on the probe, as shown in the figure:
Take a clean cuvette and inject sodium hypochlorite detergent; then put the probe into the detergent in the cuvette
and pull the piston of the syringe to absorb the detergent; finally eject the detergent after 5 min.

Fig. 7-4-6

If failed to unblock the probe, soak the probe in hot water for 5 min, and pull/push the syringe piston repeatedly.
e)After step d), if the probe still cannot discharge liquid, the blockage is very serious, then the needle shall be

90
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

penetrated from the probe tip for cleaning again, as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-7

Afterwards, repeat step d) with probe unblocking needle.


f)Ensure that the probe is properly installed and then turn on the Analyzer power switch to reset the entire
unit. After the Analyzer enters the standby state, if the test is performed, the power of the Analyzer needs
to be turned off again, and the power switch is turned on again after 10 seconds to prevent the liquid level
detection function from malfunctioning.
(4)Adjustment and confirmation of probe position
a)Turn on the power source of the Analyzer.
b)Click the "Maintain" button in the functions area.
c)Select "horizontal check of probe" and "mixing mechanism" on the "Mechanism check" list, then click the "
" button and the " " button to move on the next action.
d)Conduct "horizontal check of probe", and when probe stops above the cuvette, check whether the point of probe
is at the center of cuvette, as shown in Fig. 7-4-8. If not, contact the maintenance personnel.

Cuvette

Probe front

Fig. 7-4-8

e)Execute "mixing mechanism check", when mixing bar stops above the cuvette, check whether the point of
mixing bar is at the center of cuvette. If not, contact the maintenance personnel.
Overlook the position of probe and mixing bar relative to cuvette, as shown in the figure:

91
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-4-9

Click the " " button to end the maintenance process.


Horizontal check process of lifting mechanism of probe:
Probe reset→upper part of cuvette→rinsing bath (with a pause)→sample reagent disk outer 1 reagent bottle
position (going downward)→rinsing bath above the cuvette (with a pause)→sample reagent disk position inner 2
reagent bottle (going downward)→rinsing bath (with a pause)→repeat above steps.
Check process of mixing mechanism:
Mixing bar reset→above the cuvette→rinsing bath→above the cuvette→repeat the action process.
f)Vertical check of probe
Select "vertical check of sample probe" from "Mechanism check" on the "System maintenance" window, and
click the " " button, the probe will descend until its point touches the bottom of standard cup.
g)Vertical check of probe
During the vertical check of reagent probe, take three 70mL reagent bottles and fill 5mL and 50mL normal saline
into the 1st and 2nd bottle respectively, then place the reagent bottle with 5mL of normal saline in position outer
1 of the sample reagent disk, select corresponding reagent volume on the window, and click the "
" button. During test, the Analyzer will remember the height as the benchmark value for
calculating reagent left.

The normal saline must be used for the vertical check of probe, if the volume of liquid is not correct, alarm
prompt "wrong placing of reagent bottle for vertical check" will be sent.
(5)Cleaning of rinsing bath
a)If rinsing bath is polluted, use the tube brush or cotton swab dipped in 2% CS series anti-bacterial
phosphor-free detergent for cleaning as shown in the figure:

92
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-4-10

b)Fill about 10mL of 2% CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent in the rinsing bath as shown in the
figure:

Fig. 7-4-11

c)Fill about 100mL of water in rinsing for washing.


After flushing, the dirt in the rinsing tank can be removed, and the bacteria can be inhibited to grow and breed.
Generally, the cleaning process shall be conducted once every month. The dirt of the Analyzer discovered during
use shall be cleared promptly.

7.4.2 Reaction disk


Polluted cuvette or incubation bath may lead to inaccurate test result. In addition, clean the cuvette regularly and
check the cuvette blank value as it is going aging after long time of using; when warning of abnormal cuvette blank
value is given, clean cuvette in time.
(1)Dirt confirmation of cuvette
a)Turn on the power source of the Analyzer.
b)Execute cuvette blank test in "Cuvette blank and quantity of light" on the "System maintenance" window.
c)The cuvette blank value of Cuvette 1 shall be in the range of 8000-18000, and the test value of Cuvette 2~56
shall be within the range of -1500~1500, which is the difference with cuvette blank value of No.1 cuvette.
d)If the cuvette blank value is not qualified, execute the test after rinsing cuvette, if cuvette blank value still
exceeds the standard, the cuvette shall be replaced.

The cuvette blank value can be displayed and printed. But the Analyzer will not store cuvette blank value
tested.
(2)Rinsing of cuvette
The difference between cuvettes out of the range of -1500~1500 may be caused by polluted cuvette, and in this
condition the cuvette shall be rinsed. However, if cuvette cannot meet the demands after rinsing, it shall be replaced

93
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

in time.
a)Rinse cuvette through selecting "Rinse" from the "System maintenance" window.
b)After rinsing, execute cuvette blank test again. If the difference between cuvettes remains out of range
of-1500~1500, replace them with new ones.

To avoid being polluted after long time of using, soak cuvettes in 2% CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free
detergent for 8 hours every month, then wash the residual detergent on cuvette surface with clean water, and
wash the water with pure water . After the outer surface of the cuvettes is dry, install them on the reaction
disk. Test can only be executed until cuvette blank is checked to be qualified.
(3)Clean outer wall of cuvette
It is recommended to clean the outer wall of the cuvettes with lens paper once a week. Care should be taken not to
leave scratches on the outer wall of the cuvettes during cleaning.
(4)Replace cuvette
Please replace with new cuvette if cuvette blank value is unqualified after rinsing.

New cuvette shall be soaked in 2% CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent for over 8 hours before
using, and installed on reaction disk after rinsing, and the test can only be executed until cuvette blank is
checked to be qualified.
a)Turn off the power of the Analyzer.
b)Wear the protective gloves, take down the rinsing tip, then hold the reaction disk cover handle and lift it up
forcibly (do not shake it to left and right in a large range in case of damaging the pin), next take down the reaction
disk cover and put it at a clean place as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-12

c)Remove the fixing screw as shown in the figure:

94
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Cuvette installation
disk fixing screw
Screw of cuvette
Fixing screw installation disk
handle

Fig. 7-4-13

d)Remove the cuvette as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-14

e)Remove other cuvettes, then installed the new soaked cuvettes on the reaction disk. The 8 sets of cuvettes shall
be replaced at the same time.
f)Turn on the power source of the Analyzer.
g)Execute cuvette blank test in "Cuvette blank and quantity of light" on the "System Maintenance" window.
Cuvette blank test must be executed after replacement of cuvette every time. The test can only be executed when
cuvette blank value is qualified.

● There will be contaminants on the cuvette wall if the used cuvette is exposed in the air for a long time. Thus
the cuvette shall be immersed in the pure water. In addition, take off the cuvette to soak it in pure water if
the Analyzer has not been used for more than 3 days in a row. If there is the emergency stop during testing,
rinse the unrinsed cuvette with pure water to prevent the reaction solution remaining on the cuvette for a
long time.
● Do not wipe the cuvette with or soak it in organic solvents (benzenes or ethanol).

95
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

(5)Cleaning of incubation bath and axial fan


As the test result may be inaccurate if the incubation batch and axial fan are seriously polluted by downy or silky
dust, cleaning shall be executed every month.
a)Follow the "Replace cuvette" process of the above section, remove the reaction disk cover, then loosen the
fixing screw of cuvette installation disk, rotate the screw of cuvette installation disk handle in anti-clockwise
direction to a limited height, and lift and take down the cuvette installation disk and put it at a clean position.
b)Loosen the fan fixing screw, then take out the fan fixing rack and the fan, and clear the dust in the incubation
batch, and fan blade with brush and wet gauze as shown in the figure below:

Fig. 7-4-15

Prevent the water on the inner wall of the cuvette from dripping into the Analyzer. Otherwise, it may cause
faults of the Analyzer.
c)Wipe the metering window of incubation bath with clean and wet gauze, as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-16

Do not scratch or let sundries attached on metering window.


d)After cleaning, reinstall the fan, cuvette installation disk and reaction disk cover.
e)Reinstall the rinsing head of the Analyzer on the original position and fix it.
f)Execute cuvette blank test in "Cuvette blank and quantity of light" of the "System maintenance" window, and
the test can only be executed when the cuvette blank value is qualified.

Screw the fixed knob of reaction disk tightly when installing reaction disk to ensure a reliable installation
and no loosening.
(6)Cleaning of detergent bottle

96
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

As CS-alkaline detergent is added at proper time into detergent bottle to maintain the daily usage, cleaning is
suggested to be executed every month because dust or crystal may exist after long time of using.
a)Turn off the Analyzer main power or perform this maintenance in standby mode.
b)Push the detergent replacing window forward slightly and stop once hearing the sound, then the window is
available to be opened as shown in Fig. 7-4-17: first turn on the detergent float switch, then tilt the detergent bottle
in the direction of the arrow and take it out and open the cover of detergent bottle. Please clear the bottle when
there is a little detergent.

Fig. 7-4-17

c)Clean the detergent bottle cover with a rag.


d)Take down the detergent bottle, and rinse the inner/outer wall of the box with detergent, wash it with tap water,
then clear it with pure water.
e)Pull out the filter assembly on the top of the detergent pipeline, use a cotton swab to push part 9 out from the
hole of installation part 6, use tap water to rinse the front and back of part 9 until there is no debris on it, and then
put it back in the original position after rinsing.
f)Wipe the water drips on the bottle surface with dry cloth, then fill the detergent bottle with 1LCS-alkaline
detergent and reinstall it.

The detergent tubing shall be free of right-angle bending after the detergent bottle is installed or it will cause
blocking.
g)Connect the float switch again, and close the detergent replacing window.
h)Execute "Filling and flushing detergent tubing exhaust" in "Exhaust" menu on the "System maintenance"
window.

7.4.3 Light source lamp


The precision of the Analyzer will decline as the light power will be weaker due to the aging light source lamp.
Check quantity of light, if the check value is larger than 18000, replace halogen lamp in time. See "6.1.1 Halogen
lamp replacement" for specific operation method.

97
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

7.4.4 Nozzles of rinsing mechanism


Unable to rinse cuvette or water overflow out of the cuvette due to the blocked nozzle of the Analyzer may lead to
the failure of the Analyzer or inaccurate test data.
(1)Anticlockwise screw out fixing screws on the rinsing mechanism to remove the cuvette rinsing mechanism.
(2)Wipe the outer wall of the nozzle with swab dipped in 2% CS series anti-bacterial phosphor-free detergent, as
shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-20

Do not bend the nozzle, or replace with severely polluted or worn swabbing block during operation.
(3)Slightly rotate the swabbing block to pull it out. Install the swabbing block as shown in the figure: do not install
at wrong direction, and the bottom of swabbing block shall be parallel to the cuvette.

Rinse nozzle
Press

Wiping block

Cuvette

Fig. 7-4-21

(4)Install the rinsing mechanism on its original position.


(5)Execute "Mechanical action check" for 10 times in "Mechanism check" of the "System maintenance" window.
The swabbing block shall not touch the cuvette. The rinsing water shall be near to the cuvette rim and not spill out of
the cuvette.

7.4.5 Mixing bar


Cross contamination caused by polluted mixing bar may affect the accuracy and precision of test result. Thus,
regular cleaning is necessary. In addition, replace mixing bar if it is bent.
(1)Cleaning of mixing bar
Wipe mixing bar with gauze dipped in ethanol, then wipe out the liquid on its surface with that dipped in pure water,
as shown in the figure: do not bend mixing bar during wiping.

98
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-4-22

(2)Replacement of mixing bar, See "6.1.3 Replacement and debugging of mixing bar" for specific operation
method.

7.4.6 Cleaning refrigeration chamber


As the refrigeration chamber may be polluted by sample, reagent or dust, cleaning shall be executed once a month.
(1)Take out the sample disk, and wipe the part inside the refrigeration chamber with gauze:

Fig. 7-4-27

(2)Wipe the reader window of barcode reader with lens paper, as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-28

As laser barcode reader is adopted for the Analyzer, do not directly look at the reader window of barcode
reader under non-shutdown status.

99
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

7.4.7 Syringe pump


(1)Syringe pump includes detergent syringe pump and dispensing syringe pump, and also ISE dilution syringe
pump if it is connected with ISE device. Syringe pump can be generally used for about 1 million times, and needs to
be replaced after the 15 months of using. Please contact consumer-service staff for replacement.
(2)Check the syringe pump observation in front of the Analyzer and whether the dispensing syringe pump has
bubbles, if so, conduct exhausting and maintenance according to 7.2.3, as shown in the figure:

Fig. 7-4-29

Use pure water to clean surface of syringe pump instead of alcohol or other organic solution.

7.4.8 Maintenance of the Analyzer before stop


Take the following measures to maintain the Analyzer before maintenance or treatment:
(1)Take out all reagent bottles, and sample tubes and standard cups containing sample, calibrator and QC solution
from the sample reagent disk.
(2)Remove the tubing and cables connected with the pure water tank and the waste liquid tank by the method
detailed in "7.4.11 Cleaning of tanks and filters".
(3)Completely exhaust the liquid in the syringe pump and other tubes.
(4)Push directly during a stable transport in short distance.
(5)Keep the Analyzer vertical during carrying and transport process.
(6)Avoid vibration during carrying, and check and adjust the Analyzer after carrying to make sure it is normal
before use.

7.4.9 Cleaning and maintenance of the Analyzer


Clean the surface of analyzer regularly to keep it tidy. Wipe the surface with a wet and soft cloth or gauze, or those
dipped in pure water of small amount if necessary. But don't wipe it with any organic solvent in case of damages to
the shell.
The operator shall pay attention to the following matters during cleaning:
(1)Take proper disinfection measures in case of hazardous substance leaked on the surface or inside the equipment.
(Carry out disinfection through wiping with 84 disinfectant that is diluted with the ratio of 1:200).
(2)Don't use the detergent or sanitizer with possibility of danger due to chemical reaction with parts or materials in
equipment.
(3)In case of doubts about the compatibility between sanitizer or detergent and parts or materials in equipment,
please consult the manufacturer or its agencies.

7.4.10 Waste liquid treatment


Two kinds of waste liquid will be produced during the normal operation of the Analyzer:

100
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

(1)High-concentration waste liquid: generated during the test, and the waste liquid contains serum and various
biochemistry reagent.
(2)Low-concentration waste liquid: composed of pure water for rinsing the cuvette of the Analyzer, that for rinsing
all probe mechanism, overflowing water and condensate water.
According to the national laws and regulations, the waste liquid shall be discharged only after disinfection, and the
waste liquid generated from the Analyzer shall be disposed as per the following principles:
(1)High-concentration waste liquid: drain the waste liquid after mixing with "84 disinfectant" as the proportion of 1:
50.
(2)Low-concentration waste liquid: it can be directly discharged only if the PH concentration is in compliance with
the Level-one standard of maximum discharging concentration.

● Please handle the waste fluid of the Analyzer to prevent potential biological and chemical pollution.
● High-concentration waste liquid cannot be discharged after mixing with low-concentration waste liquid.

7.4.11 Cleaning of pure water tank and filter


In case of operation duration of the Analyzer over 1 month under normal status, the pure water tank may have
impurities which will affect the measurement accuracy and instrument stability, so the regular cleaning shall be
conducted to the pure water tank and the filter:

Fig. 7-4-30

(1)Take out pure water float switch from the pure water tank (No. 3 of Fig. 7-4-30), remove the inlet tube (No. 2 of
Fig. 7-4-30) and put it at a clean position, then separate Tube 2 from Part 6, and push out the Part 6 from the
mounting part 6 with a swab, next wash the Part 9 with tap water at its front and back faces, and finally reinstall the
part.
(2)Rinse the pure water tank with clean water at least for 3 times till there are no visible impurities on the inner wall.

101
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

(3)Assemble the parts of the pure water tank and connect it with the Analyzer correctly.
(4)Enter the "Exhaust" window under the "System Maintenance" interface, select "Not suck detergent", click the "
" button to carry out syringe pump exhaust to avoid bubbles in the tubing.

7.5 Maintenance of electrolyte device


7.5.1 Clean, check and replace parts regularly
See the parts to be cleaned or replaced in the Table 7-5-1 (calculate as 5 using hours per day of the Analyzer):
(○: Clean and check regularly ●: Replace parts regularly)

Table 7-5-1

Periodic
No. Items Reference
Appropriate Every 2 Every 3 Every 6
Daily Weekly Monthly
time months months months
1 Syringe pump (diluent, sample) ● 7.4.11

2 Rinsing of the matching cuvette ○ 7.5.2

3 Rinsing of reagent tubing ○ 7.5.3

4 Na electrode ● 7.5.4

5 K electrode ● 7.5.4

6 CI electrode ● 7.5.4

7 Reference electrode ● 7.5.4

8 Tube for pinch valve ● 7.5.5

9 Rinse flow cell ○ 7.5.6

7.5.2 Rinsing of ISE matching cuvette


After electrolyte test, matching cuvette may be polluted by protein, fat or bacteria. The cup shall be rinsed after a
certain time of testing to ensure normal usage.
(1)Place a standard cup of CS-ISE Detergent at position 01 (outer circle position 01) of the sample reagent
disk.
(2)After testing every week, execute and select "Rinse ISE matching cuvette" from the "ISE" window of "System
maintenance".

7.5.3 Rinsing of ISE reagent tubing


ISE tubing may be polluted after long time of using, which may further lead to inaccurate data. Rinse once a month
as the steps below.
(1)The implementation of rinsing ISE reagent tubing
a)Dilute CS-ISE detergent with pure water to 20 times, and take 200mL of the solution into an open vessel for
backup.
b)Take out the reagent suck of reference solution, diluent and standard solution from reagent bottle, and plug
them into container with diluted detergent, then execute "Rinse all ISE tubing" for 3 times in the "ISE" window of
"System maintenance".
c)After rinsing, take out the reagent sucking tube of reference solution, diluent and standard solution from
detergent container, and wash the CS-ISE detergent attached on the suckers with pure water, then wipe them with
gauze, and finally put back the reagent bottles with reference solution, diluent and standard solution.
d)Execute "Rinse all ISE tubing" three times in the "ISE" window of "System maintenance".

102
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

e)Execute ISE calibration after rinsing all tubing.


(2)The implementation of ISE check
Execute "ISE check" for 30 times in "ISE" window of "System maintenance". The check result will be displayed.

The result difference of successive 2 checks of the same electrode shall be no more than 0.2mV.

7.5.4 Rinse flow cell


(1)Place a standard cup with fresh CS-ISE detergent at position outer 1 of the sample reagent disk.
(2)After testing every week, execute and select "Rinse ISE flow cell" from "ISE" window in "System maintenance".

7.5.5 Maintenance of Cl electrode


(1)To remove the Cl electrode to be maintained.
(2)Lay down the sanding paper on the table (as shown in the figure below), and drip 3-5 drops of pure water on the
sanding paper; remove the electrode seal ring at the front of electrode, and hold the electrode head with hands to
make the head perpendicular to sanding paper with its surface touching the paper. Draw "8" with electrode to polish
the electrode head for 5-10 times in the area dripped with pure water until the electrode head is glossy.

Fig. 7-5-1

● Electrode head shall be perpendicular to the sanding paper during polishing.


● Do not press electrode head hard, the head shall only slightly touch the sanding paper during polishing.
(3)Slightly wipe the electrode head with cotton swab dipped in pure water to wipe residual matters and dry the
electrode.
(4)Drip a little drop of silicone mixture at the surface of electrode head, and evenly smear the mixture on the surface,
then wipe out residual silicone with dry cotton swab until only a slim layer left on the surface.
(5)It can be used after electrode is reinstalled.

● Maintain Cl electrode every month.


● If the seal ring cannot be well installed on the electrode head after several maintenance times of Cl
electrode, replace with new electrode in time.

7.5.6 Rinsing of ISE waste liquid part


If crystal attaches on ISE waste liquid part, it may lead to inaccurate test result due to the generation of poor
insulation performance, thus cleaning is suggested to be executed once a week.
(1)Rinsing bottle with pure water will wash the crystal and pollutant from the interface of waste liquid part to the
waste liquid container. Then wash the internal of waste liquid container with pure water, as shown in the figure:

103
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer

Fig. 7-5-2

(2)Wipe with gauze dipped in pure water to prevent residual conductive component on waste liquid interface and the
outer side of waste liquid water container.

Noise interference may be caused by the touch of waste liquid hose during testing.

7.6 Scrapped analyzer


Do not abandon the Analyzer randomly after its service life but inform of the manufacturer for recycle.

104
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Chapter 8 Fault analysis

8.1 Causes and analysis of faults with alarm code


8.1.1 Main control module
Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and AC control
board is normal;
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of AC control board flickers;
Incubation bath pre-heating Temperature in incubation bath does not reach constant (3) Check if the wiring of temperature sensor of incubation bath of AC control
1-1-1
timeout 37°C in regulated time during resetting. board is normal;
(4) Check if the wiring of heating device of incubation bath of AC control
board is normal;
(5) Check other alarms of the AC control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction disk
control board is normal;
Abnormal can bus of reaction can heartbeat response timeout of reaction disk control
1-1-2 (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
disk board and abnormal can bus
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe control
can heartbeat response timeout of probe control board board is normal;
1-1-3 Abnormal can bus of probe
and abnormal can bus (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and AC control
can heartbeat response timeout of AC control board and board is normal;
1-1-4 Abnormal can bus of AC board
abnormal can bus (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of AC control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the AC control board
(1) Check if the serial port cable connection of main control board and data
Data receiving of data collection Data has not been received from data collection board
1-1-6 collection board is normal;
board timeout in 20 seconds during test
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of data collection board flickers;
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe control
Sample dispensing of probe The Finish command is not replied in regulated time board is normal;
1-1-7
timeout after probe dispenses sample. (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe control
The Finish command is not replied in regulated time board is normal;
1-1-8 R1 dispensing of probe timeout
after probe dispenses R1. (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board

105
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe control
The Finish command is not replied in regulated time board is normal;
1-1-9 R2 dispensing of probe timeout
after probe dispenses R2. (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and probe control
The Finish command is not replied in regulated time board is normal;
1-1-10 ISE dispensing of probe timeout
after probe dispenses ISE. (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the serial port cable connection of main control board and data
Abnormal communication of data
1-1-13 No response of data collection board during resetting collection board is normal;
collection board
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of data collection board flickers;
(1) Check if the serial port cable of main control board and data collection
board is normal;
(2) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and reaction disk control
Communication and data Communication and data collection is not finished in board is normal;
1-1-15
collection timeout regulated time (3) Check if the operation indicator lamp of data collection board flickers;
(4) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
flickers;
(5) Check other alarms
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Probe maintenance action: Execute probe maintenance action: no maintenance
normal;
1-1-16 vertical inspection of reaction completion command received when it comes to
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
disk timeout vertical inspection of reaction disk
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Probe maintenance action: Execute probe maintenance action: no maintenance
normal;
1-1-17 vertical inspection of reagent disk completion command received when it comes to
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
timeout vertical inspection of reagent disk
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Execute probe maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: horizontal normal;
1-1-18 completion command received when it comes to
inspection of probe timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
horizontal inspection of probe
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Maintenance action: syringe No maintenance completion command received when normal;
1-1-19
pump air exhausting timeout executing air exhausting action of syringe pump (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and reaction disk control
board is normal;
Maintenance action: rinsing No maintenance completion command received when
1-1-20 (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
mechanism inspection timeout executing inspection action of rinsing mechanism
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board

106
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and reaction disk control
board is normal;
Maintenance action: mixing No maintenance completion command received when
1-1-21 (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
mechanism inspection timeout executing inspection action of rinsing mechanism
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Residual reagent volume
Residual reagent volume scanning not finished in normal;
1-1-22 scanning timeout under standby
regulated time under standby mode (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
mode
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Bar code scanning timeout under Bar code scanning not finished in regulated time under normal;
1-1-23
standby mode standby mode (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: water normal;
1-1-24 completion command received in regulated time during
drainage timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
water drainage of machine
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: bar code normal;
1-1-25 completion command received in regulated time during
position inspection timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
bar code position inspection
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: ISE normal;
1-1-26 completion command received in regulated time during
inspection timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers;
ISE inspection
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: ISE internal normal;
1-1-27 completion command received in regulated time during
standard tubing rinsing timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers;
ISE internal standard tubing rinsing
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: ISE normal;
1-1-28 completion command received in regulated time during
reference tubing rinsing timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers;
ISE reference tubing rinsing
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: ISE dilution normal;
1-1-29 completion command received in regulated time during
tubing rinsing timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers;
ISE dilution tubing rinsing
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: ISE all normal;
1-1-30 completion command received in regulated time during
tubing rinsing timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers;
ISE all tubing rinsing
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board

107
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: ISE dilution normal;
1-1-31 completion command received in regulated time during
pump air exhausting timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers;
ISE dilution pump air exhausting
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: ISE flow normal;
1-1-32 completion command received in regulated time during
cell rinsing timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers;
ISE flow cell rinsing
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: ISE normal;
1-1-33 completion command received in regulated time during
proportioning cup rinsing timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers;
ISE proportioning cup rinsing
(3) Check other alarms of the ISE control board
(1) Check the residual sample volume
Skip all tests of the sample if the sample volume is
1-1-34 Sample skip (2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally
insufficient.
(3) Check if the sample is put at a wrong place
(1) Check the residual reagent volume
Skip all tests with this reagent if the R1 reagent volume
1-1-35 R1 reagent skip (2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally
is insufficient.
(3) Check if the reagent is put at a wrong place
(1) Check the residual reagent volume
Skip all tests with this reagent if the R2 reagent volume
1-1-36 R2 reagent skip (2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally
is insufficient.
(3) Check if the reagent is put at a wrong place
(1) Check if the cuvette is cleaned
(2) Check if the rinsing mechanism works normally
1-1-37 Cuvettes stained continuously 5 continuously stained cuvettes in test (3) Check if the voltage of light source is lower than the threshold value
(4) Check if the light source is blocked
(5) Check other alarms
(1) Check if the cuvette is cleaned
(2) Check if the rinsing mechanism works normally
Cuvette blank value exceeds the set upper and lower
1-1-38 Cuvettes stained (3) Check if the voltage of light source is lower than the threshold value
limit in test
(4) Check if the light source is blocked
(5) Check other alarms
Reaction disk control board Reaction disk resetting failed when executing resetting
1-1-39 (1) Check the alarms of reaction disk
resetting failed action of the machine
Probe control board resetting Probe resetting failed when executing resetting action
1-1-40 (1) Check the alarms of probe
failed of the machine
AC control board resetting failed when executing
1-1-41 AC control board resetting failed (1) Check AC alarms
resetting action of the machine
ISE resetting failed when executing resetting action of
1-1-42 ISE control board resetting failed (1) Check ISE alarms
the machine
Little white block rinsing failed after executing
1-1-43 Little white block rinsing failed (1) Check the alarms of reaction disk
resetting action of the machine

108
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check the residual reagent volume
Residual reagent volume in R1 or R2 bottle is less than
1-1-44 Reagent is used up (2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally
minimum residual volume
(3) Check if the reagent is put at a wrong place
Waiting for sample dispensing
Under the sample dispensing suspension state, sample (1) Check if it is to click to continue sample dispensing
1-1-45 timeout under sample dispensing
dispensing is not continued in regulated time (2) Check if it is to click to determine or cancel disk change
suspension state
(1) Check if the serial port cable connection of main control board and data
The cuvette blank of the cuvette for first test exceeds collection board is normal;
1-1-46 Basic value gaining failed
the range 8000-18000 (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of data collection board flickers;
(3) Check if the light source is turned on
(1) Check if there are membranes or air bubbles at the mouth of test tube or
Membrane or bubbles are found at bottle mouth when reagent bottle
1-1-47 Probe detects bubbles
the probe aspirates sample or reagent (2) Check if the probe control board works normally
(3) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally
The probe fails to descend more as the liquid detection
Liquid surface detection failure. (1) Check if the probe control board works normally
1-1-48 signal is disturbed above the bottle mouth when the
The probe fails to descend more. (2) Check if the liquid level detection board works normally
probe aspirates sample or reagent
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Execute maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: water normal;
1-1-49 completion command received in regulated time during
quality inspection timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
ISE all tubing rinsing
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Execute probe maintenance action: no maintenance
Maintenance action: vertical normal;
1-1-50 completion command received when it comes to
inspection of probe timeout (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
vertical inspection of probe
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction disk
control board is normal;
Reaction disk triggering Reaction disk received is not the first one triggered 10
1-1-51 (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
sequence error start
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction disk
control board is normal;
Reaction disk triggering Reaction disk received is not the first one triggered 10
1-1-52 (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
sequence error stop
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction disk
control board is normal;
Reaction disk triggering
1-1-53 Reaction disk received is not the one triggered 30 start (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
sequence error
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board

109
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction disk
control board is normal;
Reaction disk triggering
1-1-54 Reaction disk received is not the one triggered 30 stop (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
sequence error
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction disk
control board is normal;
Reaction disk triggering Reaction disk received is not the second one triggered
1-1-55 (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
sequence error 10 start
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction disk
control board is normal;
Reaction disk triggering Reaction disk received is not the second one triggered
1-1-56 (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
sequence error 10 start
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction disk
control board is normal;
Reaction disk triggering
1-1-57 Reaction disk received is not the one triggered 35 start (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
sequence error
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable connection of main control board and reaction disk
control board is normal;
Reaction disk triggering
1-1-58 Reaction disk received is not the one triggered 35 stop (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
sequence error
flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the reaction disk control board
Abnormal disconnection of test Abnormal disconnection of network occurs when the (1) Check if network connection is normal;
1-1-59
software test software does not click to disconnect the network (2) Check if network operation is normal;
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
normal;
1-1-60 Water quality check failed Abnormal structure in water quality check
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Reagent/ sample disk resetting normal;
1-1-61 Reagent/ sample disk resetting failed during testing
failed (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Reagent/ sample disk zeroing Reagent/ sample disk zeroing failed after the normal;
1-1-62
failed completion of test (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board

110
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Instrument status not returned in specified time when normal;
1-1-63 Instrument status reading timeout
reading the instrument status (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Residual reagent volume Faults found in residual reagent volume scanning normal;
1-1-64
scanning failed during testing during the test (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Residual reagent volume Scanning not completed in specified time in residual normal;
1-1-65
scanning timeout during testing reagent volume scanning during the test (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
When the test is to be completed and test is to be added
Test adding abnormality when
1-1-66 when the reaction disk is to stop, the instrument does
reaction disk is to stop
not process and has alarm prompt.
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Probe control board resetting Reply of probe control board not received in regulated
1-1-67 normal;
timeout time during resetting
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and reaction disk control
Reaction disk control board Reply of reaction disk control board not received in board is normal;
1-1-68
resetting timeout regulated time during resetting (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of reaction disk control board
flickers;
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and AC control board is
AC control board resetting Reply of reaction disk control board not received in
1-1-69 normal;
timeout regulated time during resetting
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of AC control board flickers;
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and ISE control board is
ISE control board resetting Reply of ISE control board not received in regulated
1-1-70 normal;
timeout time during resetting
(2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of ISE control board flickers;
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Reply of little white block rinsing completion not normal;
1-1-71 Little white block rinsing timeout
received in regulated time during resetting (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Check if the CAN cable of main control board and probe control board is
Probe rinsing completion command not received in normal;
1-1-72 Probe rinsing timeout
regulated time when executing the probe rinsing action (2) Check if the operation indicator lamp of probe control board flickers;
(3) Check other alarms of the probe control board
(1) Call out system maintenance window, and execute ""reset"".
ISE all tubing rinsing timeout there is no completion command received in regulated
1-1-73 (2) If unable to revert to normal, or other errors occur, please contact
when power on time during ISE all tubing rinsing when power on
maintenance personnel in time."

111
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

8.1.2 Reaction disk unit module


Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution
When an action is executed, the alarm is triggered when it exceeds
the preset time. For example, if the time set for the startup of mixing
4-11-1 Process fault (1) Feed it back to the engineer
mechanism is 1s, the alarm will be triggered if the program is
modified to change the time for startup to 2s.
(1) Check if there is water in water tank;
(2) Check if the rinsing probe is blocked;
The probe detects the water volume of rinsing probe in cuvette.
Abnormal water dispensing of (3) Check if solenoid valve V9 V6 V5 V4 have crystallization
4-11-2 When the deviation of water volume in No. 1, No. 3 and No. 5
rinsing probe of rinsing mechanism and blockage;
cuvettes is not within the allowable range, this alarm is triggered.
(4) Check if the tubing has leakage and if the
constant-temperature degassing tank has air leakage.
The probe detects the residual water volume in cuvette after water (1) Check if the rinsing probe is blocked;
Abnormal water aspirating of rinsing aspirating of the probe. When the residual water volume in No. 1, (2) Check if solenoid valve V10 has crystallization and
4-11-3
probe of rinsing mechanism No. 3, No. 5 and No. 7 cuvettes is greater than the set value, this blockage;
alarm is triggered. (3) Check if the tubing has leakage
In the dispensing process of probe, the command to lock the
reaction disk is transmitted through the CAN bus before descending
(1) Check other alarm codes if it is caused by human factors;
Sample probe unlocking reaction is executed at the reaction disk side. The lock of the reaction disk is
4-21-1 (2) Feed it back to engineer if it is caused by non-human
disk timeout released after the completion of ascending and zeroing. This alarm
factors.
is triggered if it is detected the reaction disk is still locked before the
reaction disk rotates.
In the dispensing process of probe, the command to lock the
reaction disk is transmitted through the CAN bus before descending
(1) Check other alarm codes if it is caused by human factors;
Reagent probe R1 unlocking reaction is executed at the reaction disk side. The lock of the reaction disk is
4-21-2 (2) Feed it back to engineer if it is caused by non-human
disk timeout released after the completion of ascending and zeroing. This alarm
factors.
is triggered if it is detected the reaction disk is still locked before the
reaction disk rotates.
In the dispensing process of probe, the command to lock the
reaction disk is transmitted through the CAN bus before descending
(1) Check other alarm codes if it is caused by human factors;
Reagent probe R2 unlocking reaction is executed at the reaction disk side. The lock of the reaction disk is
4-21-3 (2) Feed it back to engineer if it is caused by non-human
disk timeout released after the completion of ascending and zeroing. This alarm
factors.
is triggered if it is detected the reaction disk is still locked before the
reaction disk rotates.
When the reaction disk mechanism stops rotating, it will trigger
Mixing mechanism waiting stop of
4-21-4 descending of the mixing mechanism. If the trigger time exceeds (1) Feed it back to the engineer
reaction disk mechanism timeout
the preset allowable range, this alarm is triggered.
Rinsing or mixing mechanism The reaction disk is locked when the mixing mechanism mixes in
reaction disk is not at the highest the cuvette. This alarm is triggered when it is detected the lock of (1) Check relevant alarms of the mixing mechanism;
4-21-5
position when the reaction disk is to reaction disk mechanism is not released by the mixing mechanism (2) Check relevant alarms of the rinsing mechanism;
rotate. when the reaction disk mechanism rotates.

112
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered if
Driver configuration failure of
4-101-1 control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have (1) Replace the reaction disk control board.
mixing mechanism swinging motor.
communication fault.
After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered if
Driver configuration failure of
4-101-2 control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have (1) Replace the reaction disk control board.
mixing mechanism lifting motor.
communication fault.
After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered if
Driver configuration failure of
4-101-3 control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have (1) Replace the reaction disk control board.
rinsing mechanism motor.
communication fault.
Driver configuration failure of After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered if
4-101-4 reaction disk mechanism lifting control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have (1) Replace the reaction disk control board.
motor. communication fault.
Mixing mechanism swinging motor
4-102-1 Mixing mechanism swinging motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the reaction disk control board.
has short circuit.
Mixing mechanism lifting motor has
4-102-2 Mixing mechanism lifting motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the reaction disk control board.
short circuit.
Rinsing mechanism motor has short
4-102-3 Rinsing mechanism motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the reaction disk control board.
circuit.
Reaction disk mechanism lifting
4-102-4 Reaction disk mechanism lifting motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the reaction disk control board.
motor has short circuit.
Mixing mechanism swinging motor (1) Check the circuit.
4-103-1 Mixing mechanism swinging motor has open circuit.
has open circuit. (2) Replace the probe control board.
Mixing mechanism lifting motor has (1) Check the circuit.
4-103-2 Mixing mechanism lifting motor has open circuit.
open circuit. (2) Replace the probe control board.
Rinsing mechanism motor has open (1) Check the circuit.
4-103-3 Rinsing mechanism motor has open circuit.
circuit. (2) Replace the probe control board.
Reaction disk mechanism lifting (1) Check the circuit.
4-103-4 Reaction disk mechanism lifting motor has open circuit.
motor has open circuit. (2) Replace the probe control board.
Control board has open circuit inside and mixing motor has open (1) Check the cable;
Mixing motor has open circuit or
4-103-5 circuit. (2) Check the mixing motor;
faults.
Back output low level signal triggers the alarm. (3) Replace the probe control board.
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal;
Swinging and zeroing of mixing After the mixing mechanism finishes the swinging and zeroing
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
4-104-1 mechanism fail to reach the zero action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing
(3) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler signal is
point. optocoupler is different from the preset status.
disturbed.
(1) Check if the mixing and lifting optocoupler is normal;
Lifting and zeroing of mixing After the mixing mechanism finishes the lifting and zeroing action,
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
4-104-2 mechanism fail to reach the zero the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler
(3) Check if the mixing and lifting optocoupler signal is
point. is different from the preset status.
disturbed.

113
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting optocoupler is
After the rinsing mechanism finishes the lifting and zeroing action, normal;
Lifting and zeroing of rinsing pump
4-104-3 the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
fail to reach the zero point.
is different from the preset status. (3) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting optocoupler signal is
disturbed.
After the reaction disk mechanism finishes the zeroing action, the (1) Check if the reaction disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
Zeroing of reaction disk fails to reach
4-104-4 alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
the zero point.
different from the preset status. (3) Check if the optocoupler signal is disturbed.
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal;
Swinging and positioning of mixing After the mixing mechanism finishes the swinging and positioning
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
4-105-1 mechanism fail to reach the preset action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of positioning
(3) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler signal is
position. optocoupler is different from the preset status.
disturbed.
After the reaction disk mechanism finishes the rotating and (1) Check if the reaction disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
Positioning of reaction disk fails to
4-105-4 positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
reach the preset position.
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. (3) Check if the optocoupler signal is disturbed.
Abnormal initial position of swinging Before the mixing mechanism is started to have swinging and (1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal;
4-106-1 and positioning of mixing positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
mechanism. positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. (3) Check if the swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed.
(1) Check if the reaction disk positioning optocoupler is
Before the reaction disk mechanism is started to have rotating and
Abnormal initial position of normal;
4-106-4 positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of
positioning of reaction disk. (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status.
(3) Check if the optocoupler signal is disturbed.
When the mixing mechanism is started up to have swinging and (1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal;
Swinging and zeroing failure of zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
4-107-1
mixing mechanism. zeroing optocoupler is different from the preset status in a specified (3) Check if the mixing and swinging motor is normal;
time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
When the mixing mechanism is started up to have lifting and (1) Check if the mixing and lifting optocoupler is normal;
Lifting and zeroing failure of mixing zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
4-107-2
mechanism. zeroing optocoupler is different from the preset status in a specified (3) Check if the mixing and lifting motor is normal;
time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
(1) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting optocoupler is
When the rinsing mechanism is started up to have lifting and
normal;
Lifting and zeroing failure of rinsing zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of
4-107-3 (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
mechanism. zeroing optocoupler is different from the preset status in a specified
(3) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting motor is normal;
time.
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
(1) Check if the reaction disk mechanism optocoupler is
When the reaction disk is started up to have zeroing action, the normal;
Zeroing failure of reaction disk
4-107-4 alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
mechanism
different from the preset status in a specified time. (3) Check if the reaction disk mechanism motor is normal;
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;

114
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The fault of mixing mechanism swinging and zeroing optocoupler (1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal;
Swinging of mixing mechanism fails leads to that the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
4-108-1
to leave the zero point. The alarm is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status (3) Check if the mixing and swinging motor is normal;
does not change after a certain steps of swinging. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
The fault of mixing mechanism lifting and zeroing optocoupler (1) Check if the mixing and lifting optocoupler is normal;
Lifting of mixing mechanism fails to leads to that the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
4-108-2
leave the zero point. The alarm is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status (3) Check if the mixing and lifting motor is normal;
does not change after a certain steps of descending. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
(1) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting optocoupler is
The fault of rinsing mechanism lifting and zeroing optocoupler
normal;
Rinsing mechanism fails to leave the leads to that the control board misjudges it is at the zero position.
4-108-3 (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
zero point. The alarm is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status
(3) Check if the rinsing mechanism lifting motor is normal;
does not change after a certain steps of descending.
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
(1) Check if the reaction disk mechanism optocoupler is
The fault of reaction disk mechanism zeroing optocoupler leads to
normal;
Reaction disk mechanism fails to that the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The alarm
4-108-4 (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
leave the zero point. is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status does not
(3) Check if the reaction disk mechanism motor is normal;
change after a certain steps of rotating.
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
When the mixing mechanism has swinging and positioning action, (1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal;
Swinging and positioning failure of the alarm is triggered when the level signal change times of (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
4-109-1
mixing mechanism. positioning optocoupler is not equal to the preset times in a (3) Check if the mixing and swinging motor is normal;
specified time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
(1) Check if the reaction disk mechanism optocoupler is
When the reaction disk mechanism has rotating and positioning
normal;
action, the alarm is triggered when the level signal change times of
4-109-4 Positioning failure of reaction disk (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
positioning optocoupler is not equal to the preset times in a
(3) Check if the reaction disk mechanism motor is normal;
specified time.
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
Fixed-angle swinging failure of The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of known
4-110-1 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
mixing mechanism. actions.
Fixed-distance lifting or descending The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of known
4-110-2 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
failure of mixing mechanism. actions.
Fixed-distance lifting or descending The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of known
4-110-3 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
failure of rinsing mechanism. actions.
Fixed-angle rotation failure of The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of known
4-110-4 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
reaction disk mechanism actions.
(1) Check if the swinging optocoupler is normal;
When the mixing mechanism swings to scan the coded disc, the
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
Swinging and coded disc scanning alarm will be triggered if it fails to swing and the scanned number
4-111-1 (3) Check if the swinging motor is normal;
failure of mixing mechanism. of slots (optocoupler level change times) does not reach the preset
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
number in specified time.
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal.

115
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if the optocoupler is normal;
When the reaction disk mechanism swings to scan the coded disc,
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
Coded disc scanning failure of the alarm will be triggered if the positioning optocoupler is pulled
4-111-4 (3) Check if the motor is normal;
reaction disk mechanism out and the scanned number of slots (optocoupler level change
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
times) does not reach the preset number in specified time.
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal.
(1) Check if the mixing and swinging optocoupler is normal;
The alarm is triggered when the steps for hindering the mixing and (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
Abnormal swinging and positioning swinging mechanism to a specific position increase and the (3) Check if the mixing and swinging motor is normal;
4-113-1
verification of mixing mechanism. difference between it and the scanned steps of the slots is beyond (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
the limited range. (5) Check if the coded disc is normal.
(6) Check if the mechanism arm and motor are loose.
(1) Check if the optocoupler is normal;
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the scanned coded
(2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
Abnormal swinging and coded disc disc information due to optocoupler fault or coded disc abnormality
4-114-1 (3) Check if the motor is normal;
verification of mixing mechanism. and the theoretical coded disc information is beyond the allowable
(4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
range.
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal.
(1) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal;
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the scanned coded (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
Abnormal coded disc verification of disc information due to optocoupler fault or coded disc abnormality (3) Check if the motor is normal;
4-114-4
reaction disk mechanism. and the theoretical coded disc information is beyond the allowable (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
range. (5) Check if the coded disc is normal.
(6) Check if the mechanism motor is loose.
Abnormal swinging and positioning
The alarm is triggered if the mixing mechanism swinging and
4-115-1 information calculation of mixing (1) Feed it back to the engineer
positioning information are wrongly set.
mechanism.
Before the mixing mechanism is started up to have swinging action,
Probe does not swing at the highest the control board will judge if it is at the highest point according to
4-116-1 (1) Check the harness connection;
point during swinging. the level status of the lifting optocoupler of the mechanism. If the
probe is not at the highest position, the alarm is triggered.
Taking the highest point of the mixing mechanism as the zero point,
the coordinates will decrease automatically if it moves downwards
Abnormal lifting and zeroing and increase automatically if it moves upwards. When the
4-118-2 (1) Check other alarm information;
verification of mixing mechanism. mechanism moves from the zero point and then returns to the zero
points, the coordinates are checked and if they are found beyond the
allowable range, the alarm will be triggered.
Taking the highest point of the rinsing mechanism as the zero point,
the coordinates will decrease automatically if it moves downwards
Abnormal lifting and zeroing and increase automatically if it moves upwards. When the
4-118-3 (1) Check other alarm information;
verification of rinsing mechanism. mechanism moves from the zero point and then returns to the zero
points, the coordinates are checked and if they are found beyond the
allowable range, the alarm will be triggered.

116
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


When the reaction disk mechanism is started up to have rotating
Rinsing mechanism is not at the
action, the alarm is triggered if it is found not at the highest point
4-119-4 highest point and reaction disk (1) Check the harness connection;
according to the level status of the rinsing mechanism zeroing
mechanism does not rotate.
optocoupler.
In the resetting process, the level status of reaction disk positioning (1) Check if the circuit connection of reaction disk positioning
Positioning optocoupler failure of
4-120-4 optocoupler will change. If it does not change, the alarm is optocoupler is normal;
reaction disk.
triggered. (2) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal;
Positioning optocoupler is not at the After the reaction disk finishes the zeroing action, the alarm is (1) Check if the circuit connection of reaction disk positioning
4-121-4 present position after zeroing of triggered when the level status of positioning optocoupler is optocoupler is normal;
reaction disk. different from the preset status. (2) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal;
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver
Fault of V7 at rinsing bath of mixing
4-131-7 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (1) Replace the circuit board.
mechanism
triggered.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver
Fault of needle valve V6 of rinsing
4-131-6 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (1) Replace the circuit board.
mechanism 1
triggered.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver
Fault of needle valve V5 of rinsing
4-131-5 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (1) Replace the circuit board.
mechanism 2
triggered.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver
Fault of needle valve V4 of rinsing
4-131-4 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (1) Replace the circuit board.
mechanism 3
triggered.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver
4-131-10 Fault of vacuum valve V10 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (1) Replace the circuit board.
triggered.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver
4-131-9 Fault of detergent valve V9 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (1) Replace the circuit board.
triggered.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver (1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Open circuit of V7 at rinsing bath of
4-132-7 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
mixing mechanism
triggered. (3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver (1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Open circuit of needle valve V6 of
4-132-6 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
rinsing mechanism 1
triggered. (3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver (1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Open circuit of needle valve V5 of
4-132-5 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
rinsing mechanism 2
triggered. (3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver (1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Open circuit of needle valve V4 of
4-132-4 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
rinsing mechanism 3
triggered. (3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.

117
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver (1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
4-132-10 Open circuit of vacuum valve V10 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
triggered. (3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver (1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
4-132-9 Open circuit of detergent valve V9 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
triggered. (3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Driver configuration failure of V7 at
4-134-7 Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and NCV7708 (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
rinsing bath of mixing mechanism
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Driver configuration failure of needle
4-134-6 Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and NCV7708 (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
valve V6 of rinsing mechanism 1
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Driver configuration failure of needle
4-134-5 Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and NCV7708 (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
valve V5 of rinsing mechanism 2
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Driver configuration failure of needle
4-134-4 Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and NCV7708 (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
valve V4 of rinsing mechanism 3
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Driver configuration failure of
4-134-10 Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and NCV7708 (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
vacuum valve V10
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
(1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Driver configuration failure of
4-134-9 Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and NCV7708 (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
detergent valve V9
(3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
4-22-2 Data storage sector erase and failure Data storage sector damaged (1) Replace the probe control board.
Data storage sector data read-in (1) Read in compensation data to control board. If it continues
4-22-3 Data storage sector damaged
invalid to alarm, replace the probe control board.
(1)Go to the system maintenance window, and execute
Reaction disk mechanism's motor "Reset";
4-101-4 Reaction disk mechanism's motor driver configuration fault.
driver configuration fault. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.
(1)Go to the system maintenance window, and execute
Reaction disk mechanism's motor "Reset";
4-103-4 Reaction disk mechanism's motor open circuit fault.
open circuit fault. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.
(1)Go to the system maintenance window, and execute
The reaction disk's code disk check "Reset";
4-114-4 The reaction disk's code disk check was abnormal.
was abnormal. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.

118
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1)Go to the system maintenance window, and execute
Mixing swing was not at the highest "Reset";
4-116-1 Mixing swing was not at the highest point.
point. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.
(1)In standby after testing dispensed samples, go to the system
Mixing and rinsing bath solenoid maintenance window, and execute "Reset";
4-131-7 Mixing and rinsing bath solenoid valve V7 fault.
valve V7 fault. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.
(1)In standby after testing dispensed samples, go to the system
Mixing and rinsing bath solenoid maintenance window, and execute "Reset";
4-132-7 Mixing and rinsing bath solenoid valve V7 open circuit.
valve V7 open circuit. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.
(1)In standby after testing dispensed samples, go to the system
Mixing and rinsing bath solenoid Mixing and rinsing bath solenoid valve V7 drive configuration maintenance window, and execute "Reset";
4-134-7
valve V7 drive configuration fault. fault. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.

8.1.3 Probe unit module


Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution
When an action is executed, the alarm is triggered when it exceeds
the preset time. For example, if the time set for the startup of probe
3-11-1 Process fault (1) Feed it back to the engineer
dispensing is 1s, the alarm will be triggered if the program is
modified to change the time for startup to 2s.
During resetting, the probe control board has serial port
(1) Check if the wiring of the flexible circuit board at probe control
Abnormal communication of probe communication with the liquid level detection board and the
board end and liquid detection board end is normal;
3-21-7 control board and liquid level communication circuit is disconnected. The alarm is triggered if the
(2) Replace the liquid level detection board.
detection board during resetting probe control board does not receive the reply command of liquid
(3) Replace the probe control board.
level detection board in specified time.
Probe control board waiting for In ISE test process, the probe dispenses ISE sample and the
ISE control board triggering ISE command is triggered by the ISE control board. The alarm is (1) The alarm is caused as ISE control board fails to send touch
3-21-9
sample dispensing timeout during triggered if the probe control board does not receive the ISE control command in a specified time. Check other alarms.
ISE test board triggering command in unit time.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-1 detects No.1 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-2 detects No.2 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

119
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-3 detects No.3 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-4 detects No.4 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-5 detects No.5 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-6 detects No.6 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-7 detects No.7 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-8 detects No.8 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-9 detects No.9 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-10 detects No.10 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-11 detects No.11 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-12 detects No.12 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-13 detects No.13 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-14 detects No.14 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-15 detects No.15 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

120
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-16 detects No.16 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-17 detects No.17 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-18 detects No.18 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-19 detects No.19 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-20 detects No.20 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-21 detects No.21 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-22 detects No.22 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-23 detects No.23 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-24 detects No.24 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-25 detects No.25 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-26 detects No.26 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-27 detects No.27 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-28 detects No.28 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

121
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-29 detects No.29 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-30 detects No.30 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-31 detects No.31 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-32 detects No.32 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-33 detects No.33 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-34 detects No.34 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-35 detects No.35 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-36 detects No.36 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-37 detects No.37 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-38 detects No.38 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-39 detects No.39 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-40 detects No.40 position of sample/ when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-41 detects outer No.1 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

122
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-42 detects outer No.2 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-43 detects outer No.3 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-44 detects outer No.4 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-45 detects outer No.5 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-46 detects outer No.6 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-47 detects outer No.7 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-48 detects outer No.8 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-49 detects outer No.9 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-50 detects outer No.10 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-51 detects outer No.11 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-52 detects outer No.12 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-53 detects outer No.13 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-54 detects outer No.14 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

123
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-55 detects outer No.15 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-56 detects outer No.16 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-57 detects outer No.17 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-58 detects outer No.18 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-59 detects outer No.19 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-60 detects outer No.20 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-61 detects outer No.21 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-62 detects outer No.22 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-63 detects outer No.23 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-64 detects outer No.24 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-65 detects outer No.25 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-66 detects outer No.26 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-67 detects outer No.27 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

124
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-68 detects outer No.28 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-69 detects outer No.29 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-70 detects outer No.30 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-71 detects outer No.31 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-72 detects outer No.32 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-73 detects outer No.33 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-74 detects outer No.34 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-75 detects outer No.35 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-76 detects outer No.36 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-77 detects outer No.37 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-78 detects outer No.38 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-79 detects outer No.39 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-80 detects outer No.40 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

125
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-81 detects inner No.2 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-82 detects inner No.3 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-83 detects inner No.4 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-84 detects inner No.5 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-85 detects inner No.6 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-86 detects inner No.7 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-87 detects inner No.8 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-88 detects inner No.9 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-89 detects inner No.10 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-90 detects inner No.11 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-91 detects inner No.12 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-92 detects inner No.13 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-93 detects inner No.14 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

126
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-94 detects inner No.15 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-95 detects inner No.16 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-96 detects inner No.17 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-97 detects inner No.18 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-98 detects inner No.19 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-99 detects inner No.20 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-100 detects inner No.21 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-101 detects inner No.22 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-102 detects inner No.23 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-103 detects inner No.24 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-104 detects inner No.25 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-105 detects inner No.26 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-106 detects inner No.27 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

127
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-107 detects inner No.28 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-108 detects inner No.29 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-109 detects inner No.30 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-110 detects inner No.31 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-111 detects inner No.32 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-112 detects inner No.33 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-113 detects inner No.34 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-114 detects inner No.35 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-115 detects inner No.36 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-116 detects inner No.37 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-117 detects inner No.38 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-118 detects inner No.39 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-119 detects inner No.40 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.

128
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Touch occurs when the probe When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, the alarm is triggered (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
3-32-120 detects inner No.1 position of when the probe descends and has collision and then causes touch (2) Signal detection failure or poor contact;
sample/ reagent disk optocoupler signal. (3) Touch signal is disturbed.
Alarm caused by failure of lifting When the probe mechanism lifting and zeroing optocoupler has a
and zeroing optocoupler at zeroing fault, the control board misjudges the probe is at the highest point. (1) Check if the probe lifting and zeroing optocoupler and its
3-32-200
position by default when the probe The alarm is triggered when the probe descends and detects the connection are normal;
rises to zeroing position touch signal.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.1 position of sample/ reagent the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-1 (1) Sample is used up;
disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.2 position of sample/ reagent the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-2 (1) Sample is used up;
disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.3 position of sample/ reagent the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-3 (1) Sample is used up;
disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.4 position of sample/ reagent the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-4 (1) Sample is used up;
disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.5 position of sample/ reagent the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-5 (1) Sample is used up;
disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.6 position of sample/ reagent the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-6 (1) Sample is used up;
disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.7 position of sample/ reagent the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-7 (1) Sample is used up;
disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.8 position of sample/ reagent the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-8 (1) Sample is used up;
disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.

129
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.9 position of sample/ reagent the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-9 (1) Sample is used up;
disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.10 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-10 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.11 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-11 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.12 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-12 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.13 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-13 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.14 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-14 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.15 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-15 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.16 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-16 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.17 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-17 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.18 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-18 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.

130
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.19 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-19 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.20 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-20 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.21 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-21 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.22 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-22 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.23 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-23 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.24 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-24 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.25 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-25 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.26 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-26 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.27 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-27 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.28 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-28 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.

131
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.29 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-29 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.30 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-30 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.31 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-31 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.32 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-32 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.33 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-33 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.34 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-34 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.35 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-35 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.36 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-36 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.37 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-37 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.38 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-38 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.

132
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.39 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-39 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample When the process time is limited, the maximum descending steps of
at No.40 position of sample/ the probe to this position in a specified time is 2100. The alarm is
3-33-40 (1) Sample is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the triggered when the probe does not detect the sample after
maximum distance descending for 2100 steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.1 position of maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-41 sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.2 position of maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-42 sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.3 position of maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-43 sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.4 position of maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-44 sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.5 position of maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-45 sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.6 position of maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-46 sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.

133
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.7 position of maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-47 sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.8 position of maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-48 sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.9 position of maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-49 sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.10 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-50 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.11 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-51 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.12 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-52 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.13 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-53 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.14 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-54 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.

134
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.15 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-55 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.16 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-56 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.17 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-57 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.18 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-58 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.19 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-59 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.20 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-60 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.21 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-61 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.22 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-62 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.

135
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.23 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-63 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.24 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-64 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.25 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-65 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.26 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-66 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.27 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-67 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.28 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-68 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.29 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-69 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.30 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-70 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.

136
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.31 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-71 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.32 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-72 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.33 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-73 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.34 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-74 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.35 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-75 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.36 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-76 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.37 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-77 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.38 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-78 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.

137
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.39 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-79 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect sample After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
or reagent at outer No.40 position maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-80 of sample/ reagent disk after position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not (1) Sample or reagent is used up;
descending to the maximum detect the sample or reagent after it descends for the maximum
distance steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.2 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-81 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.3 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-82 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.4 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-83 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.5 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-84 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.6 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-85 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.7 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-86 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.8 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-87 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.

138
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.9 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-88 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.10 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-89 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.11 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-90 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.12 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-91 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.13 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-92 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.14 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-93 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.15 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-94 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.16 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-95 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.17 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-96 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.18 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-97 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.

139
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.19 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-98 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.20 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-99 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.21 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-100 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.22 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-101 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.23 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-102 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.24 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-103 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.25 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-104 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.26 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-105 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.27 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-106 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.28 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-107 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.

140
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.29 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-108 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.30 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-109 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.31 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-110 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.32 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-111 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.33 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-112 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.34 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-113 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.35 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-114 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.36 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-115 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.37 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-116 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.38 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-117 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.

141
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.39 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-118 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.40 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-119 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
The probe does not detect reagent After the probe vertical inspection and empty bottle inspection, the
at inner No.1 position of sample/ maximum steps for descending of the probe mechanism to this
3-33-120 (1) Reagent is used up;
reagent disk after descending to the position are determined. The alarm is triggered if the probe does not
maximum distance detect the reagent after it descends for the maximum steps.
In test process, water volume in
In the test process, the alarm is triggered if the maximum volume of (1) For alarms caused by other faults, check if there are other alarm
3-31-1 rinsing pump reaches the upper
the rinsing pump is changed to 5mL from 9.85mL. codes.
limit.
The alarm is triggered if the water volume in the rinsing pump is
In test process, water volume in less than the water volume to be used. The program is modified to (1) For alarms caused by other faults, check if there are other alarm
3-31-2
rinsing pump is insufficient. change the water dispensing volume to inner wall of the probe to codes.
3mL from 2.2mL.
In the test process, the residual
volume in rinsing pump during In the test process, the alarm is triggered if the residual volume in
(1) For alarms caused by other faults, check if there are other alarm
3-31-3 zeroing is greater than the rinsing pump is greater than 250uL during zeroing. The program is
codes.
allowable maximum residual modified to zero the residual volume 300uL during zeroing.
volume during zeroing.
Receiving R1 reagent volume
dispensing information error. Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if the
3-81-1 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
Dispensing action converts to modified R1 volume is beyond 10-300uL.
probe rinsing action.
Receiving R2 reagent volume
dispensing information error. Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if the
3-81-2 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
Dispensing action converts to modified R2 volume is beyond 10-150uL.
probe rinsing action.
Receiving colorimetric sample
volume dispensing information Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if the
3-81-3 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
error. Dispensing action converts modified S volume is beyond 2-35uL.
to probe rinsing action.
Receiving ISE sample volume
dispensing information error. Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if the
3-81-4 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
Dispensing action converts to modified ISE sample volume is beyond 30-100uL.
probe rinsing action.

142
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Invalid receiving of dispensing
position information. Dispensing Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if the
3-81-5 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
action converts to probe rinsing modified aspirating position is beyond 1-120.
action.
Asynchronous validity of received
dispensing position information Modify the main control board program, the alarm is triggered if the
3-81-6 and dispensing volume modified aspirating position is 0 and the volume information is (1) Feed it back to the engineer
information. Dispensing action 100uL.
converts to probe rinsing action.
Driver of probe mechanism
After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered if
swinging motor has configuration
3-101-6 control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have (1) Replace the probe control board.
failure. Reading driver information
communication fault.
failed.
Driver of probe mechanism lifting After the motor driver chip is welded, the alarm will be triggered if
3-101-7 motor has configuration failure. control chip AC256 and motor driver chip 30521 have (1) Replace the probe control board.
Reading driver information failed. communication fault.
Probe mechanism swinging motor
3-102-6 Probe mechanism swinging motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the probe control board.
has short circuit.
Probe mechanism lifting motor has
3-102-7 Probe mechanism lifting motor has short circuit. (1) Replace the probe control board.
short circuit.
Probe mechanism swinging motor (1) Check the circuit.
3-103-6 Probe mechanism swinging motor has open circuit.
has open circuit. (2) Replace the probe control board.
Probe mechanism lifting motor has (1) Check the circuit.
3-103-7 Probe mechanism lifting motor has open circuit.
open circuit. (2) Replace the probe control board.
Swinging and zeroing of probe fail
After the probe mechanism finishes the swinging and zeroing (1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal;
to reach the zero point.
3-104-6 action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
Optocoupler is in abnormal status
optocoupler is different from the preset status. (3) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed.
after motor stops operating.
Lifting and zeroing of probe fail to
After the probe mechanism finishes the lifting and zeroing action, (1) Check if the probe lifting optocoupler is normal;
reach the zero point. Optocoupler
3-104-7 the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
is in abnormal status after motor
different from the preset status. (3) Check if the probe lifting optocoupler signal is disturbed.
stops operating.
Zeroing of syringe pump fails to
After the dispensing pump finishes the zeroing action, the alarm is (1) Check if the dispensing pump optocoupler is normal;
reach the zero point. Optocoupler
3-104-8 triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is different (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
is in abnormal status after motor
from the preset status. (3) Check if the dispensing pump optocoupler signal is disturbed.
stops operating.
Zeroing of rinsing pump fails to
After the rinsing pump finishes the zeroing action, the alarm is (1) Check if the rinsing pump optocoupler is normal;
reach the zero point. Optocoupler
3-104-9 triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is different (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
is in abnormal status after motor
from the preset status. (3) Check if the rinsing pump optocoupler signal is disturbed.
stops operating.

143
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Zeroing of reagent disk fails to (1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
After the reagent disk finishes the zeroing action, the alarm is
reach the zero point. Optocoupler (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
3-104-10 triggered when the level status of zeroing optocoupler is different
is in abnormal status after motor (3) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler signal is
from the preset status.
stops operating. disturbed.
Swinging and positioning of probe
After the probe mechanism finishes the swinging and positioning (1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal;
fail to reach the preset position.
3-105-6 action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of positioning (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
Optocoupler is in abnormal status
optocoupler is different from the preset status. (3) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed.
after motor stops operating.
Positioning of reagent disk fails to (1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
After the reagent disk mechanism finishes the swinging and
reach the preset position. (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
3-105-10 positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of
Optocoupler is in abnormal status (3) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler signal is
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status.
after motor stops operating. disturbed.
Abnormal initial position of
Before the probe mechanism is started to have swinging and (1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal;
swinging and positioning of probe.
3-106-6 positioning action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
Optocoupler is in abnormal status
positioning optocoupler is different from the preset status. (3) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler signal is disturbed.
before motor starts operating.
Abnormal initial position of (1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
Before the reagent disk is started to have rotating and positioning
positioning of reagent disk. (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
3-106-10 action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of positioning
Optocoupler is in abnormal status (3) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler signal is
optocoupler is different from the preset status.
before motor starts operating. disturbed.
When the probe mechanism is started up to have swinging and (1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal;
Swinging and zeroing failure of
zeroing action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of probe (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-107-6 probe. Motor operating timeout or
swinging and zeroing optocoupler is different from the preset status (3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal;
out of step.
in a specified time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
When the probe mechanism is started up to have lifting and zeroing (1) Check if the probe lifting optocoupler is normal;
Lifting and zeroing failure of
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of probe lifting (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-107-7 probe. Motor operating timeout or
and zeroing optocoupler is different from the preset status in a (3) Check if the probe lifting motor is normal;
out of step.
specified time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
When the dispensing pump mechanism is started up to have zeroing (1) Check if the dispensing pump optocoupler is normal;
Zeroing failure of syringe pump.
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-107-8 Motor operating timeout or out of
optocoupler of the dispensing pump is different from the preset (3) Check if the dispensing pump motor is normal;
step.
status in a specified time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
When the rinsing pump mechanism is started up to have zeroing (1) Check if the rinsing pump optocoupler is normal;
Zeroing failure of rinsing pump.
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-107-9 Motor operating timeout or out of
optocoupler of the rinsing pump is different from the preset status in (3) Check if the rinsing pump motor is normal;
step.
a specified time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
When the reagent disk mechanism is started up to have zeroing (1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
Zeroing failure of reagent disk.
action, the alarm is triggered when the level status of zeroing (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-107-10 Motor operating timeout or out of
optocoupler of the reagent disk is different from the preset status in (3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal;
step.
a specified time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;

144
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The fault of probe swinging and zeroing optocoupler leads to that (1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal;
Swinging of probe fails to leave the the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The alarm is (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-108-6
zero point. triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status does not change (3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal;
after a certain steps of swinging. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
The fault of probe swinging, lifting and zeroing optocoupler leads to (1) Check if the probe lifting optocoupler is normal;
Descending of probe fails to leave that the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The alarm (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-108-7
the zero point. is triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status does not (3) Check if the probe lifting motor is normal;
change after a certain steps of descending. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
The fault of dispensing pump zeroing optocoupler leads to that the (1) Check if the dispensing pump optocoupler is normal;
Syringe pump fails to leave the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The alarm is (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-108-8
zero point. triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status does not change (3) Check if the dispensing pump motor is normal;
after aspiration of a certain volume. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
The fault of rinsing pump zeroing optocoupler leads to that the (1) Check if the rinsing pump optocoupler is normal;
Rinsing pump fails to leave the control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The alarm is (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-108-9
zero point. triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status does not change (3) Check if the rinsing pump motor is normal;
after aspiration of a certain volume. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
The fault of reagent disk zeroing optocoupler leads to that the (1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
Reagent disk fails to leave the zero control board misjudges it is at the zero position. The alarm is (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-108-10
point. triggered when the zeroing optocoupler level status does not change (3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal;
after a certain steps of rotating. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
When the probe mechanism has swinging and positioning action, (1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal;
Swinging and positioning failure
the alarm is triggered when the level signal change times of (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-109-6 of probe. Motor operating timeout
positioning optocoupler is not equal to the preset times in a (3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal;
or out of step.
specified time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
When the reagent disk mechanism has rotating and positioning (1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
Positioning failure of reagent disk.
action, the alarm is triggered when the level signal change times of (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-109-10 Motor operating timeout or out of
positioning optocoupler is not equal to the preset times in a (3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal;
step.
specified time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
Probe swinging for fixed steps The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of known
3-110-6 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
timeout. actions.
Probe lifting for fixed steps The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of known
3-110-7 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
timeout. actions.
Syringe pump operating for fixed The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of known
3-110-8 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
steps timeout. actions.
Rinsing pump operating for fixed The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of known
3-110-9 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
steps timeout. actions.
Reagent disk operating for fixed The alarm is triggered in case of insufficient setting time of known
3-110-10 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
steps timeout. actions.

145
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal;
When the probe mechanism swings to scan the coded disc, the alarm
Probe swinging and coded disc (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
will be triggered if it fails to swing and the scanned number of slots
3-111-6 scanning timeout or out of steps or (3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal;
(optocoupler level change times) does not reach the preset number
exceeding the number of scanning (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
in specified time.
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal.
(1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
When the reagent disk mechanism swings to scan the coded disc,
Reagent disk coded disc scanning (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
the alarm will be triggered if the positioning optocoupler is pulled
3-111-10 timeout or out of steps or (3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal;
out and the scanned number of slots (optocoupler level change
exceeding the number of scanning (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
times) does not reach the preset number in specified time.
(5) Check if the coded disc is normal.
When the reagent disk mechanism has rotating and coordinates to (1) Check if the reagent disk zeroing optocoupler is normal;
Bar code scanning and reagent disk have bar code scanning, the alarm is triggered when the level signal (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
3-112-10
operating timeout or out of steps. change times of positioning optocoupler is not equal to the preset (3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal;
times in a specified time. (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal;
The alarm is triggered when the steps for hindering the probe (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
Abnormal swinging and swinging mechanism to a specific position increase and the (3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal;
3-113-6
positioning verification of probe. difference between it and the scanned steps of the slots is beyond the (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
limited range. (5) Check if the coded disc is normal.
(6) Check if the mechanism arm and motor are loose.
(1) Check if the probe swinging optocoupler is normal;
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the scanned coded (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
Abnormal swinging and coded disc disc information due to optocoupler fault or coded disc abnormality (3) Check if the probe swinging motor is normal;
3-114-6
verification of probe. and the theoretical coded disc information is beyond the allowable (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
range. (5) Check if the coded disc is normal.
(6) Check if the mechanism arm and motor are loose.
(1) Check if the reagent disk positioning optocoupler is normal;
The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the scanned coded (2) Check if the cable connection of optocoupler is normal;
Abnormal coded disc verification disc information due to optocoupler fault or coded disc abnormality (3) Check if the reagent disk motor is normal;
3-114-10
of reagent disk. and the theoretical coded disc information is beyond the allowable (4) Check if the cable connection of motor is normal;
range. (5) Check if the coded disc is normal.
(6) Check if the mechanism motor is loose.
Abnormal swinging and
The alarm is triggered if the probe swinging and positioning
3-115-6 positioning information (1) Feed it back to the engineer
information are wrongly set.
calculation of probe.
Before the probe mechanism is started up to have swinging action,
Probe does not swing at the highest the control board will judge if it is at the highest point according to
3-116-6 (1) Check the harness connection;
point. the level status of the lifting optocoupler of the mechanism. If the
probe is not at the highest position, the alarm is triggered.
Aspirating and dispensing volume The alarm is triggered if the aspirating and dispensing volume
3-117-8 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
of syringe pump out of limit. exceeds the maximum aspirating and dispensing volume.

146
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


Aspirating and dispensing volume The alarm is triggered if the aspirating and dispensing volume
3-117-9 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
of rinsing pump out of limit. exceeds the maximum aspirating and dispensing volume.
Taking the highest point of the probe as the zero point, the
coordinates will decrease automatically if it moves downwards and
Abnormal lifting and zeroing increase automatically if it moves upwards. When the mechanism
3-118-7 (1) Check other alarm information;
verification of probe. moves from the zero point and then returns to the zero points, the
coordinates are checked and if they are found beyond the allowable
range, the alarm will be triggered.
Taking the zero point of the pump as the zero point, the coordinates
Abnormal zeroing verification of
will decrease automatically for aspirating and increase
syringe pump. Motor operating
automatically for dispensing. When the mechanism moves from the
3-118-8 steps from zero point to one point (1) Check other alarm information;
zero point and then returns to the zero points, the coordinates are
and the motor operating steps from
checked and if they are found beyond the allowable range, the alarm
the position to zero point.
will be triggered.
Taking the zero point of the pump as the zero point, the coordinates
will decrease automatically for aspirating and increase
Abnormal zeroing verification of automatically for dispensing. When the mechanism moves from the
3-118-9 (1) Check other alarm information;
syringe pump. zero point and then returns to the zero points, the coordinates are
checked and if they are found beyond the allowable range, the alarm
will be triggered.
In the resetting process, the level status of reagent disk positioning (1) Check if the circuit connection of reagent disk positioning
Positioning optocoupler failure of
3-120-10 optocoupler will change. If it does not change, the alarm is optocoupler is normal;
reagent disk during resetting.
triggered. (2) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal;
Positioning optocoupler is not at After the reagent disk finishes the zeroing action, the alarm is (1) Check if the circuit connection of reagent disk positioning
3-121-10 the present position after zeroing of triggered when the level status of positioning optocoupler is optocoupler is normal;
reagent disk. different from the preset status. (2) Check if the positioning optocoupler is normal;
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver
3-131-1 Failure of water supply valve V1 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (1) Replace the circuit board.
triggered.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver
3-131-2 Failure of inner wall valve V2 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (1) Replace the circuit board.
triggered.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver
3-131-8 Failure of outer wall valve V8 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (1) Replace the circuit board.
triggered.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver (1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
Open circuit of water supply valve
3-132-1 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
V1
triggered. (3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver (1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
3-132-2 Open circuit of inner wall valve V2 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
triggered. (3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.

147
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The solenoid valve driver chip has the function. When the driver (1) Check if the solenoid valve is normal;
3-132-8 Open circuit of outer wall valve V8 chip has fault and it is fed back to the control board, the alarm is (2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
triggered. (3) Check if the driver chip has poor welding.
For the rinsing mechanism water valve, rinsing bath valve of mixing
mechanism, probe inner wall valve, probe outer wall valve and
Mutually exclusive solenoid valves water supply valve of the machine, only one time of them can be
3-133-11 (1) Feed it back to the engineer
are opened simultaneously. opened at one time. At one time, the alarm will be triggered if the
program is changed to make two types of the solenoid valve are
opened.
Driver configuration failure of
3-134-1 Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and NCV7708 (1) Replace the circuit board.
water supply valve V1
Driver configuration failure of
3-134-2 Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and NCV7708 (1) Replace the circuit board.
inner wall valve V2
Driver configuration failure of
3-134-8 Abnormal communication in SPI between AC256 and NCV7708 (1) Replace the circuit board.
outer wall valve V8
Probe has collision in
The alarm is triggered when the probe mechanism descends at the (1) Check ISE module alarm information;
3-141-1 proportioning cup when dispensing
ISE matching cuvette position and detects a touch signal. (2) Check if the probe mechanism is normal;
ISE sample
The ISE sample shall be dispensed below the liquid level if
Probe does not detect the liquid
dispensing of it is required. The alarm is triggered if the probe does
3-141-2 surface in proportioning cup when (1) Check the alarm of ISE unit.
not touch anything or detect the liquid surface after descending to
dispensing ISE sample
the maximum distance.
In the liquid detection process, the sample in cuvette should be
Probe does not detect the liquid aspirated in dilution process or saccharification process. The alarm
(1) Check if the liquid level detection is normal;
3-141-3 surface when aspirating sample in is triggered if the probe does not detect the liquid surface after
(2) Check other alarms.
cuvette descending for fixed steps (calculated based on the data of main
control board).
During the dilution or saccharification process of probe mechanism,
Touch occurs when the probe (1) Check if the liquid level detection is normal;
3-141-4 the alarm is triggered if the probe detects touch signal when
aspirates diluted sample in cuvette (2) Check if the touch signal is normal.
descending to aspirate sample.
Probe tip detects the liquid surface When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, it will enter a cuvette
3-141-6 when dispensing sample or reagent and not touch the liquid surface. The alarm is triggered if it detects (1) Check if the liquid level detection is normal;
in cuvette the liquid surface detection signal.
Detection distance out of limit in The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the descending
(1) Conduct standard operation;
3-141-7 vertical inspection and detection of distance for 5mL detection and the theoretical distance exceeds the
(2) Check if the liquid level detection is normal;
5mL liquid surface allowable range.
Detection distance out of limit in The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the descending
3-141-8 vertical inspection and detection of distance for 50mL detection and the theoretical distance exceeds the (1) Check if the liquid level detection is normal;
50mL liquid surface allowable range.

148
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The probe control board and liquid surface detection board have
Abnormal sensitivity of liquid serial port communication. The alarm is triggered if the detection
3-141-11 (1) Replace the liquid level detection board.
surface detection board. sensitivity of the device is different from the read sensitivity of
liquid surface detection board.
Detection distance out of limit in The alarm is triggered if the deviation between the descending
(1) Check if the empty bottle has liquid inside and if the position is
3-141-12 vertical inspection and detection of distance for 70mL detection and the theoretical distance exceeds the
normal.
70mL empty bottle allowable range.
The probe will have collision when When the probe dispenses sample or reagent, it will descend from
(1) Check the probe tip position relative to the position of cuvette;
3-141-13 descending to the cuvette to have the mouth of cuvette and the alarm is triggered if it detects the touch
(2) Check if the probe mechanism is normal;
dispensing. signal.
Automatic adjustment fault in The alarm is triggered if touch occurs before it descends for less
3-141-14 vertical inspection and empty than 2500 steps and reaches the theoretical steps in empty bottle (1) Check if the probe mechanism is normal;
bottle inspection. inspection.
(1) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
The alarm is triggered in case of abnormal serial port
3-161-1 Bar code setting failure (2) Replace the bar code assembly;
communication between the probe board and bar code reader.
(3) Replace the probe control board.
(1) Check if there is bar code or if the bar code is damaged;
(2) Check if the circuit connection is normal;
3-161-2 Invalid bar code The alarm is triggered in case of invalid bar code.
(3) Replace the bar code assembly;
(4) Replace the probe control board.
Data storage sector erase and
3-22-2 Data storage sector damaged (1) Replace the probe control board.
failure
Data storage sector data read-in (1) Read in compensation data to control board. If it continues to
3-22-3 Data storage sector damaged
invalid alarm, replace the probe control board.
(1)In standby after testing dispensed samples, go to the system
The sample, reagent disk is about
The sample, reagent disk is about to start; the probe didn't reach the maintenance window, and execute "Reset";
3-21-8 to start; the probe didn't reach the
highest point. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
highest point.
normal or there are other faults.
(1)In standby after testing dispensed samples, go to the system
The probe didn't swing at the maintenance window, and execute "Reset";
3-116-6 The probe didn't swing at the highest point.
highest point. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.
(1)In standby after testing dispensed samples, go to the system
The rinsing pump zero point check maintenance window, and execute "Reset";
3-118-9 The rinsing pump zero point check was abnormal.
was abnormal. (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.
After the probe rotary arm's swing
(1)Go to the system maintenance window, and execute "Reset";
returned to zero, the locating After the probe rotary arm's swing returned to zero, the locating
3-121-6 (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
optocoupler was not in the pre-set optocoupler was not in the pre-set position.
normal or there are other faults.
position.

149
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


The sensitivity of configuration (1)Go to the system maintenance window, and execute "Reset";
The sensitivity of configuration liquid level detection board is
3-141-11 liquid level detection board is (2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
abnormal.
abnormal. normal or there are other faults.
(1)Check whether sample and reagent are used up; if the remaining
volume is sufficient, wait and in standby after testing dispensed
Collision occurred as the probe
Collision occurred as the probe detected position No.40 in the samples, go to the system maintenance window, and execute
3-32-119 detected position No.40 in the
sample, reagent disk. "Reset";
sample, reagent disk.
(2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.
(1)Check whether sample and reagent are used up; if the remaining
volume is sufficient, wait and in standby after testing dispensed
Collision occurred as the probe
Collision occurred as the probe detected position No.1 in the samples, go to the system maintenance window, and execute
3-32-120 detected position No.1 in the
sample, reagent disk. "Reset";
sample, reagent disk.
(2)Please contact maintenance personnel if it cannot return to
normal or there are other faults.
3-11-2 Process fault. Current task status error or the current task is running. (1)Please contact maintenance personnel.
The reaction didn't halt when the It was detected that the reaction disk was running as the probe was
3-21-11 (1)Please contact maintenance personnel.
probe was dispensing liquid. prepared to descend to dispense sample or reagent.
The status of the zero point
optocoupler was abnormal while A zero point optocoupler signal was detected after the rinsing pump
3-34-4 (1)Please contact maintenance personnel.
the rinsing pump was supplying aspirated or dispensed water in the test process.
water.
The dispensing pump backhault (1)The test result may be affected. It's suggested that the dispensing
3-123-8 The dispensing pump backhault capacity exceeded the limit.
capacity exceeded the limit. pump be changed.
The rinsing pump backhaul (1)The test result may be affected. It's suggested that the rinsing
3-123-9 The rinsing pump backhaul capacity exceeded the limit.
capacity exceeded the limit. pump be changed.
(1)Check whether the standard cup in the detection position is
empty;
Collision in the check of standard Collision occurred in the detection position during the process of the (2)Replace the physiological saline with serum, and execute the
3-141-15
cup dead volume. standard cup dead volume check. check again;
(3)Power up again, and wait until standby to execute the check;
(4)Please contact maintenance personnel.
(1)Visually check whether the liquid level in the standard cup is
In the standard cup dead volume consistent, or whether more than or less than 200uL;
check, the operation distance of the The operation distance deviation of the probe's detecting each (2)Replace the physiological saline with serum, and execute the
3-141-16
probe's detecting the liquid level position is overly large or the detection distance exceeded the limit. check again;
was abnormal. (3)Power up again, and wait until standby to execute the check;
(4)Please contact maintenance personnel.

150
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

8.1.4 ISE unit module


Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution
(1) Check if the optocoupler is connected;
Dilution pump fails to reach the zero point when executing (2) Read the optocoupler status and check if it changes;
17-1-1 Zeroing of dilution pump failed
zeroing action (3) Replace the optocoupler;
(4) Replace the circuit board.
(1) Check if the optocoupler is connected;
Dilution pump fails to leave the (2) Read the optocoupler status and check if it changes;
17-1-2 Dilution pump fails to leave the zero point when having action
zero point (3) Replace the optocoupler;
(4) Replace the circuit board.
(1) Check if the optocoupler is connected;
Dilution pump is not at the zero (2) Read the optocoupler status and check if it changes;
17-1-3 Dilution pump is not at the zero point during ISE test
point during ISE test (3) Replace the optocoupler;
(4) Replace the circuit board.
(1) Check if vacuum pump and wiring are normal;
Abnormal pressure of vacuum
17-1-4 Abnormal vacuum pump or vacuum tubing (2) Check the vacuum tubing;
pump
(3) Replace the circuit board.
Abnormal pressure relief of Abnormal pressure relief is caused by blockage of vacuum (1) Check if ISE vacuum tubing and solenoid valve in tubing are
17-1-5
vacuum pump pump tubing or solenoid valve blocked
(1) Check if there are relevant alarms of sample probe;
Sample mechanism fails to finish sample dispensing in
17-1-6 Waiting for sample timeout (2) Monitor the main control board information and feed it back to
regulated time period during ISE test
engineer

8.1.5 AC unit module


Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal;
Abnormal ambient temperature
5-1-1 Short circuit of ambient temperature sensor (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
sensor
(3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal;
Abnormal ambient temperature
5-1-2 Open circuit of ambient temperature sensor (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
sensor
(3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Check if the ambient temperature of the machine is 15℃-32℃;
5-1-3 Abnormal ambient temperature Ambient temperature is loo high (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
(3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Check if the ambient temperature of the machine is 15℃-32℃;
5-1-4 Abnormal ambient temperature The ambient temperature is too low (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
(3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Check if optical temperature sensor connection cable is normal;
Abnormal optical temperature
5-2-1 Short circuit of optical temperature sensor (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
sensor
(3) Replace the AC control board;

151
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if optical temperature sensor connection cable is normal;
Abnormal optical temperature
5-2-2 Open circuit of optical temperature sensor (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
sensor
(3) Replace the AC control board;
Optical system light source use
5-2-3 Optical system light source is used for over 2000 hours (1) Replace the light source
timeout
(1) Check if light source radiation fan connection cable is normal;
Abnormal optical system
5-2-4 Too high optical system temperature (2) Check if optical fan is normal;
temperature
(3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal;
Abnormal incubation bath
5-4-2 Incubation bath temperature sensor is short or open circuited. (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
temperature sensor
(3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Check if incubation bath heating strip and its connection cable are
After the incubation bath is continuously heated for 180s, the normal;
5-4-3 Incubation bath heating timeout
temperature rise is less than 1℃. (2) Check if the temperature sensor is normal.
(3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Check if incubation bath circulating fan 1 and its connection cable
wire J0405, wire B08-P21, wire B05-P21 are normal;
5-4-4 Abnormal incubation bath fan 1 Circulating fan 1 of incubation bath fails (2)Check if the 5V indicator lamp DS5 of AC drive board is lightened;
(3) Replace the incubation bath circulating fan 1 and its connection
cable.
(1) Check if incubation bath heating strip and its connection cable are
Abnormal temperature of normal;
5-4-5 Temperature of incubation bath beyond the lower limit
incubation bath (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
(3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Confirm if the room temperature is within the range of 15-32°C.
Abnormal temperature of (2) Confirm if the cooling system radiation fan of the instrument rotates
5-4-6 Incubation bath temperature beyond 40℃
incubation bath normally;
(3) Check if the temperature sensor is normal.
(1) Confirm if the room temperature is within the range of 15-32°C.
Abnormal temperature of (2) Confirm if the cooling system radiation fan of the instrument rotates
5-4-7 Incubation bath temperature beyond the range of (37±0.5)℃
incubation bath normally;
(3) Check if the temperature sensor is normal.
(1) Check if incubation bath circulating fan 2 and its connection cable
wire J0405, wire B08-P21, wire B05-P21 are normal;
5-4-8 Abnormal incubation bath fan 2 Circulating fan 2 of incubation bath fails (2)Check if the 5V indicator lamp DS5 of AC drive board is lightened;
(3) Replace the incubation bath circulating fan 2 and its connection
cable.

152
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if incubation bath circulating fan 3 and its connection cable
wire J0405, wire B08-P21, wire B05-P21 are normal;
5-4-9 Abnormal incubation bath fan 3 Circulating fan 3 of incubation bath fails (2)Check if the 5V indicator lamp DS5 of AC drive board is lightened;
(3) Replace the incubation bath circulating fan 3 and its connection
cable.
(1) Determine which two fans fail according to other fault codes,
check if incubation bath circulating fan and its connection cable wire
5-4-10 Abnormal incubation bath fan Two circulating fans of incubation bath fails J0405, wire B08-P21, wire B05-P21 are normal;
(2) Check if the 5V indicator lamp DS5 of AC drive board is lightened;
(3) Replace the incubation bath circulating fan and its connection cable.
(1) Check if the diaphragm pump pressure sensor and its connection
Abnormal pressure sensor of
5-10-1 Open circuit of pressure sensor of diaphragm pump cable are normal;
diaphragm pump
(2) Replace the pressure detection circuit board .
(1) Check if the diaphragm pump pressure sensor and its connection
Abnormal pressure sensor of Communication error of pressure sensor of vacuum negative
5-10-2 cable are normal;
vacuum negative pressure pump pressure pump
(2) Replace the pressure detection circuit board
(1) Check if the diaphragm pump pressure sensor and its connection
cable are normal;
Read atmospheric pressure out of Atmospheric pressure beyond limit read by pressure sensor of
5-10-3 (2) Check if the pressure detection circuit board and vacuum pressure
limit vacuum negative pressure pump
tank connection tubing is normal;
(3) Replace the pressure detection circuit board
(1) Check if vacuum diaphragm pump and wiring are normal;
Abnormal vacuum negative Insufficient negative pressure of vacuum negative pressure
5-10-4 (2) Check if vacuum diaphragm tubing is normal;
pressure pump in resetting for self-inspection
(3) Replace the vacuum diaphragm pump.
(1) Check if diaphragm pump and wiring are normal;
Abnormal vacuum negative Insufficient negative pressure before use of vacuum negative
5-10-5 (2) Check if diaphragm tubing is normal;
pressure pressure pump
(3) Replace the diaphragm pump.
(1) Check if the reaction disk control board is normal;
Abnormal vacuum negative Vacuum gas exhaust completion command not received from
5-10-6 (2) Check if communication CAN bus of reaction disk control board
pressure resetting reaction disk control board during resetting
and AC control board is normal.
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal;
Abnormal reagent disk
5-11-1 Short circuit of reagent disk temperature sensor (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
temperature sensor
(3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Check if sensor connection is normal;
Abnormal reagent disk
5-11-2 Open circuit of reagent disk temperature sensor (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
temperature sensor
(3) Replace the AC control board;
Reagent disk refrigeration Temperature exceeding upper refrigeration limit after (1) Check if Peltier and wiring are normal;
5-11-3
timeout refrigeration of reagent disk for 6h (2) Check if the reagent disk fan wiring is normal;
Abnormal Peltier current of Peltier current of reagent disk out of normal range under (1) Check if Peltier and wiring are normal;
5-11-4
reagent disk initiation or resetting status (2) Check if the reagent disk fan wiring is normal;

153
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Fault code Fault description Fault cause analysis Solution


(1) Check if Peltier and wiring are normal;
Reagent disk Peltier reversely connected or reverse wiring
5-11-5 Too high reagent disk Peltier (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
sequence
(3) Check if the reagent disk fan wiring is normal;
Abnormal Peltier current of (1) Check if Peltier and wiring are normal;
5-11-6 Peltier current of reagent disk out of normal range
reagent disk (2) Check if the reagent disk fan wiring is normal;
Abnormal temperature sensor of (1) Check if sensor connection is normal;
Short circuit of temperature sensor of constant-temperature
5-13-1 constant-temperature degassing (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
degassing assembly
assembly (3) Replace the AC control board;
Abnormal temperature sensor of (1) Check if sensor connection is normal;
Open circuit of temperature sensor of constant-temperature
5-13-2 constant-temperature degassing (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
degassing assembly
assembly (3) Replace the AC control board;
Heating timeout of After the constant-temperature degassing assembly is (1) Check if constant-temperature degassing heating strip and its
5-13-3 constant-temperature degassing continuously heated for 5min, the temperature rise is less than connection cable are normal;
assembly 1℃ in heating process. (2) Check if AC drive board is normal.
Too high temperature of (1) Check if sensor connection is normal;
Temperature over 50oC of constant-temperature degassing
5-13-4 constant-temperature degassing (2) Replace the temperature sensor;
assembly
assembly (3) Replace the AC control board;
(1) Empty the high-concentration waste liquid tank;
High-concentration waste liquid Too much waste liquid in high-concentration waste liquid tank
5-15-1 (2) Check if the waste liquid sensor interface and wiring are normal;
tank full of waste liquid during resetting
(3) Check if high-concentration waste liquid float ball falls off.
(1) Empty the high-concentration waste liquid tank;
High-concentration waste liquid Too much waste liquid in high-concentration waste liquid tank
5-15-2 (2) Check if the waste liquid sensor interface and wiring are normal;
tank full of waste liquid under standby or test status
(3) Check if high-concentration waste liquid float ball falls off.
(1) Empty the low-concentration waste liquid tank;
Low-concentration waste liquid Too much waste liquid in low-concentration waste liquid tank
5-15-3 (2) Check if the waste liquid float interface and wiring are normal;
tank full of waste liquid under standby or test status
(3) Check if low-concentration waste liquid float ball falls off.
(1) Empty the low-concentration waste liquid tank;
Low-concentration waste liquid Too much waste liquid in low-concentration waste liquid tank
5-15-4 (2) Check if the waste liquid float interface and wiring are normal;
tank full of waste liquid during resetting
(3) Check if low-concentration waste liquid float ball falls off.
(1) Add pure water to tank;
5-19-1 Insufficient pure water Insufficient pure water in pure water tank during resetting (2) Check if the pure water float interface and wiring are normal;
(3) Check if pure water float ball falls off.
(1) Add pure water to tank;
Insufficient pure water in pure water tank, pure water not
5-19-2 Pure water in serious lack (2) Check if the pure water float interface and wiring are normal;
added in 20min
(3) Check if pure water float ball falls off.
(1) Add pure water to tank;
Insufficient pure water in pure water tank under standby or test
5-19-3 Insufficient pure water (2) Check if the pure water float interface and wiring are normal;
status
(3) Check if pure water float ball falls off.
(1) Add alkaline detergent to alkaline detergent bottle
5-23-6 Insufficient alkaline detergent Insufficient alkaline detergent (2) Check if detergent float wiring is normal;
(3) Check if detergent float ball falls off.

154
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

 
 
 

155
Chapter 9 List of Spare Parts

9.1 List of Recommended Spare Parts and Consumables


9.1.1 List of Recommended Spare Parts
No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Probe Assembly 2017985

2 Mixing Bar 1008016

3 Wiping Head 1028046

4 Wire J1401\ Rinsing Syringe Pump 2011692

5 Wire J1402\ Sample Dispensing Syringe Pump 2011693 Applicable to CS-T180

6 Wire B12-P3-PPS 2029153 Applicable to CS-T240Plus

7 Wire JM05\ ISE Syringe Pump 2011715

9.1.2 List of Consumables
No. Name SAP Code Replacement Cycle

1 Halogen Lamp Assembly 2019960 Half a year

2 Cuvette 1027510 Half a year

3 Peristaltic Pump Tube Assembly 2001439 3 months

4 GR74- Tube 140 (Tube 82) \ Tube for Pinch Valve 2012987 3 months

5 Tube GR75-200 (Tube 87) 2012992 3 months

6 Na Electrode 1013580 Half a year

7 K Electrode Head 1013582 Half a year

8 CI Electrode 1013581 Half a year

9 ISE Filter 200 1008102 Half a year

10 Nitrogen Spring 1029180 2 years

11 XR75-350-03 2016722 3 years

12 GR13-250-01 2012947 2 years

13 GR07-350-01 2015016 3 years

14 JP1 Wire 2011764 1 year

15 JP2 Wire 2011765 1 year

● The Analyzer is regarded being used for 5 hours per day during calculation.

156
9.2 List of Maintenance Case
9.2.1 List of Small Maintenance Case (SAP Code: 2016254)
(Recommended Replaced Period: 0.5year)

No. Name SAP Code Qty.

1 Check Valve 1009867 1

2 Lock Nut 1006955 4

3 Lock Bolt 1006956 4

4 Insulated Glass 1000064 1

5 Probe Housing 1027949 1

6 Rinsing Bath 1025933 1

7 Mixing and Rinsing Bath 1050732 1

8 Shell of Support Arm for Mixing 1025202 1

9 ISE Filter 200 1008102 4

10 5*20 6.3A 250V\ Fuse 1013297 4

11 Mixing Bar 1008016 2

12 Tube 46 1036834 1

13 Tube 3 1041798 1

14 Tube 5 1036830 1

15 Tube 6 1038196 1

16 Tube 7 1036832 1

9.2.2 List of Big Maintenance Case (SAP Code: 2016257)


(Recommended Replaced Period: 1year)

No. Name SAP Code Qty.

1 Check Valve 1009867 1

2 Lock Nut 1006955 4

3 Lock Bolt 1006956 4

4 Insulated Glass 1000064 1

5 Probe Housing 1027949 1

6 Rinsing Bath 1025933 1

7 Mixing and Rinsing Bath 1050732 1

157
No. Name SAP Code Qty.

8 Shell of Support Arm for Mixing 1025202 1

9 ISE Filter 200 1008102 4

10 5*20 6.3A 250V\ Fuse 1013297 4

11 Mixing Bar 1008016 2

12 Tube 46 1036834 1

13 Tube 3 1041798 1

14 Tube 5 1036830 1

15 Tube 6 1038196 1

16 Tube 7 1036832 1

17 JCooling01\ Peltier 2011767 1

18 JCooling02\ Peltier 2011769 1

9.3 List of Frequently-used Spare Parts


9.3.1 List of Assembly Spare Parts
No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Optical Detection Unit 2015065

2 Probe Unit 2015064

3 Rinsing Unit 2015062

4 Mixing Unit 2015063

5 Constant-temperature Degassing Assembly 2009924

6 Syringe Pump Unit 2015066 Applicable to CS-T180

7 Syringe Pump Unit 2029415 Applicable to CS-T240Plus

8 Drive Mechanism 2015419

9 Incubation Bath Assembly 2015420

10 Sample/ Reagent Disk Drive Mechanism 2015421

11 CS-T180 Refrigeration Chamber 2010237

12 Sample/ Reagent Disk Rack Assembly 2014996

13 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly 2015067

14 Group Valve Assembly 2015422

15 Detergent Tank Assembly 2015423

158
No. Name SAP Code Remarks

16 Bar Code Reader Assembly 2009905 Optional

17 Pure Water Unit 2016056

18 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly 2016057

19 Test System Assembly 2016232 Optional ISE

20 Amplifier Board Assembly 2016236 Optional ISE

21 Pump Assembly 2016235 Optional ISE

22 Valve Assembly 2016234 Optional ISE

9.3.2 List of Switching Power Supply Spare Parts


No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 24V Switching Power Supply 1021362 PSP-600-24

2 12V Switching Power Supply 1026372 TDK HWS50A-12/A

9.3.3 List of Circuit Board Spare Parts


No. Name SAP Code Remarks
CS-T180\ Main Control Board
1 2014281 Applicable to CS-T180
(with Burned Program)
CS-T180\ Probe Control Board
2 2014282 Applicable to CS-T180
(with Burned Program)
CS-T180\ Reaction Disk Control
3 2014283 Applicable to CS-T180
Board (with Burned Program)
CS-T180\ AC Control Board
4 2014284
(with Burned Program)
CS-T180\ Data Collection Board
5 2014285
(with Burned Program)
CS-T180\ Liquid Level Detecting
6 2014286
Board (with Burned Program)

7 CS-T180\ Data Collection Board 1037989

CS-T180\ Sample Dispensing


8 1037991
Indicator Lamp Board
CS6400ISE MPXV Pressure Sensor
9 Module Board (with Burned 2001534 Vacuum Tank
Program)
CS-400\ Power Signal Lamp
10 2000383
Board (Assembly)
CS-400-17\CS-400 Pump
11 Optocoupler Adapter Board 1036408
(Assembly)
CS-6400\CS-6400 Bar Code
12 Reader Board (with Burned 2001508
Program)
CS-T180\ ISE Control Board
13 2014287 ISE
(with Burned Program)
CS-6400\CS-6400 ISE Front
14 2006448 ISE
Amplifier Board

159
No. Name SAP Code Remarks
CS-6400ISE\ Pump Adapter
15 2000405
Board Assembly

16 Probe control board (programed) 2029666 Applicable to CS-T240plus

CS-T240Plus/Reaction disk
17 2029663 Applicable to CS-T240plus
control board (programed)
CS-T240Plus/Main control board
18 2029667 Applicable to CS-T240plus
(programed)

9.3.4 List of Sensor Spare Parts


No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Wire JS01 2011735 Ambient Temperature Sensor

2 Wire JS02 2011734 Optical Temperature Sensor

3 Wire JS03 2011729 Incubation Bath Temperature Sensor

Sample Reagent Disk Temperature


4 Wire JS05 2011733
Sensor
Temperature Sensor of
5 Wire JS07 2011731
Constant-temperature Degassing Tank
High- and Low-concentration Waste
6 Wire PSW04-1 2011745
Liquid Float

7 Wire PSW05 2011747 Pure Water Float

8 Wire PSW06 2011748 Detergent Float

9.3.5 List of Pump Spare Parts


No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Wire JP1 2011764 Diaphragm Pump 1026470

2 Wire JP2 2011765 Diaphragm Pump 1026470

9.3.6 List of Optocoupler Spare Parts


No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Groove Optocoupler 1023766 KI3781, 7 pcs.

2 Wire J0402 for Optocoupler 2011702 Optocoupler wire of reaction disk

9.3.7 List of Timing Belt Spare Parts


No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Timing Belt 1008957 363-3M

2 Timing Belt 1008955 100XL-10

3 Timing Belt 1008956 240XL-10

160
9.3.8 List of Motor Spare Parts
No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Wire J102 2003848 Probe Swinging Arm and Lifting Motor

2 Wire J434 2003383 Rinsing Mechanism Lifting Motor

3 Wire J441 2026228 For reaction disk motor

4 Wire J223 2000165 For reagent disk motor

5 Wire J0602 2015056 Motor of Mixing Lifting Mechanism

6 Wire J440C 2004870 For mixing motor

9.3.9 List of Valve Spare Parts


No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Wire J1603 2015060 For two-way solenoid valve 1023461 (1 pc.)

2 Wire J1403 2015058 For two-way solenoid valve 1023461 (2 pcs.)

For two-way solenoid valve 1023461 (4 pcs.)


3 Wire J1604 2015059
For two-way solenoid valve 1023462 (1 pc.)

4 Wire J1609 2015057 For three-way solenoid valve 1022794 (1 pc.)

9.3.10 List of Other Spare Parts


No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Fuse  1013297 5×20 6.3A 250V

2 EMI Filter 1013214

3 Power Switch 1013253

4 T-reducer 1009655 RT6-2.5, optional for ISE

5 Diluent Tank Assembly 2009937 Optional ISE

6 Internal Standard Solution Tank Assembly 2009936 Optional ISE

7 Reference Solution Tank Assembly 2014348 Optional ISE

8 waste liquid tube assembly 2008835

161
9.4 Unit Exploded Drawing and Spare Parts List
9.4.1 Optical Detection Unit (CS-T180-02-00)
SAP Code: 2015065

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Raster Box ——

2 Front Microscope Base Assembly of Reflector 2014704

3 Halogen Lamp Assembly 2019960

4 Fan 1030718

5 Data Collection Board (with Burned Program) 2014285

Connecting wire of AD board and main


6 CS6400 Wire P514 2004079
control board

7 Wire B06-P4 2012199

8 Wire JFan02 2011753 Connecting wire of fan

9 Wire JS02 2011734 Connecting wire of thermistor

162
CS-T180-02-00

2
5

7
3
6

8
9

163
9.4.2 Probe Unit
9.4.2.1 Probe Unit (Upper Part) (CS-T180-03-01-00)
SAP Code: ——

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Probe Housing 1027949

2 Compression Screw 1003883

3 Guide Pin 1007278

4 Reagent Probe Compression Spring 1007847

5 Anti-rotation Block 1007280

6 Reagent Probe Rack 1007633

7 Guide Sleeve 1025478

8 Sample Probe Arm 1004827


Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
9 1008288
Screw M3×8
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
10 1008287
Screw M3×6
11 Probe Arm Cardboard 1007736

12 Flat-head Cross Screw M3×5 1008302

13 Probe Arm Connection Piece 1027474


Hexagon Socket Set Screw with Cup
14 1008520
Point M4×8
15 Hexagon Socket Cap Screw M3×8 1008310

16 Circuit Board Washer 1007684


CS-T180 Liquid Level Detecting Board
17 2014286
(with Burned Program)
18 Inner Pressing Plate of Probe Arm 1007474

19 Syringe Pump Tube Connector 1009527


Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
20 1008519
Screw M3×18
21 Seal Ferrule 1008074

22 Reagent Box Connector 1009685

23 CS400 Tube 148 (Assembly) 2005156

24 Cross Recessed Pan-head Screw M3×8 2011686

25 Probe Tube 1029226

26 Probe Protective Tube T180 1029227

27 Wire B11-P 2011686

164
CS-T180-03-01-00

2
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19
3

4
18
5 17
6 27
16
7

15
9

10
11 12 13 14
165
9.4.2.2 Probe Unit (Lower Part) (CS-T180-03-02-00)
SAP Code: ——

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Timing Belt 1008957

Hexagon Socket Set Screws with Cup


2 1008300
Point M4×5

3 Linear Bearing 1008778

4 Flange Bearing 1008805

5 Timing Belt 1008955

Probe Swinging Arm and Lifting


6 Wire J102 2003848
Motor

6-01 Wire J102 - Arm Swing Motor 1011871

6-02 Wire J102 - Lifting Motor 1011872

7 Groove Optocoupler 1023766

8 Deep Groove Ball Bearing 1008804

9 Deep Groove Ball Bearing 1008803

Soft circuit board passing through


10 FPC Soft Circuit Board 1014524
the spline

11 Timing Pulley 3M-20 1009084

12 Timing Pulley 12XL 1009085

13 Timing Pulley 20-3M 1009086

14 Timing Pulley 34-XL 1009094

15 Wire J0303 2011684

166
CS-T180-03-02-00

8 12
2
1
2 7
14

15 7 6-01
15
3 11 9
6

6-02
4
5 13
10

167
9.4.3 Rinsing Unit (CS-T180-05-00)
SAP Code: ——

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Spring Holder 1007469 Qty.: 4

2 Pressure Spring 1007846 Qty.: 4

3 Rinsing Probe 3 (Made in China) 1006007 Qty.: 3

4 Wiping Probe 2 1008033

5 Rinsing Probe Rack 1050730

6 Fixing Screw 1004331

7 O-ring 21.2×2.65 1008719

8 Rinsing Probe Support 1007471

9 Circlip for Shaft 10 1008596

10 Hexagon Socket Cap Screw M4X10 1008317

11 Connecting Plate 1004332

12 Spring Washer 4 1008586 Qty.:2

13 Hexagon Socket Combined Screw M4×16 1008561

14 Support Shaft 1003150


Hexagon Socket Set Screws with Cup Point
15 1008330 Qty.: 5
M4×5
16 Sliding Block 1004261

17 Shaft Bearing 1003164

18 Rolling Ball Bearing 1008781 Qty.:2

19 Split Washer 3 1008594 Qty.:2


Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw
20 1008287 Qty.: 7
M3×6
21 Pressure Sheeting 1003295 Qty.:2

22 Base 2006128

23 Wire J434 2003383 Rinsing Mechanism Lifting Motor Wire

23-01 Stepper Motor 1011921


Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw
24 1008293 Qty.: 3
M4×12
25 Wire J0502 2011701

25-01 Groove Optocoupler 1023766

26 Optocoupler Fixing Plate 3 1003162

27 Rinsing Bath Cable Plugboard Fixing Plate 1000626

28 Oscillating Bar Assembly 1003160

168
CS-T180-05-00

1
2
6
3
4
7

8 5

26 20 27 20 21 20 10
25-01
11
25 28
18 12
24
15 13
23-01
19
14
23
15
16

22 21 20 19 18 17 12

169
9.4.4 Mixing Unit (CS-T180-06-00)
SAP Code: ——

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Upper Cover of Swinging Motor 1007487

2 Encoding Disk Motor Cover 1007484

3 Encoding Disk Combination 1024699

4 Cross Pan-head Screw M3×40 1008280

5 Wire J0602 2015056

5-01 Stepper Motor 1011907

5-02 Stepper Motor 1011873

6 Fixing Sheeting 1003159

7 Pin Fixing Plate 1003158

8 Sliding Block 1004261

9 Shaft Bearing 1003164


Arm Swing Motor Fixing Base
10 2006193
Assembly
11 Rolling Ball Bearing 1008781

12 Pressure Sheeting 1004261

13 Oscillating Bar Assembly 1003160

14 Base 2006128

15 Optocoupler Fixing Plate 1 1003161

16 Wire J0604 2011711

16-01 Groove Optocoupler 1023766

17 Optocoupler Fixing Plate 3 1003162

18 Cable plugboard fixing plate 1003163

19 Mixing Bearing Assembly 1001311

20 Mixing Bar 1008016

21 Swing Arm for Mixing 1024700

22 Shell of Support Arm for Mixing 1050731

23 Connecting Block for Mixing 1004818

24 Mixing Motor Installation Piece 1003938

25 Mixing Upper Shell Clamping Plate 1007700

26 Wire J440C 2004870

26-01 Hollow Cuvette Motor 1034379

170
CS-T180-06-00

1
23 24 25 26-01 26 16-01
2
22
3
21
20
4
19 5
16
18 5-01
17
16
6

5-02 7

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8

171
9.4.5 Reaction Disk and Drive Mechanism
9.4.5.1 Overall Unit (CS-T180-04-00)
SAP Code: 2008800

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Installation Baseplate Assembly 2009917

2 Drive Mechanism 2009914 Refer to 9.4.5.2

3 Incubation Bath Assembly 2015420 Refer to 9.4.5.3

4 Cuvette Installation Disk Assembly 2009916

4-01 Cuvette 1027510

4-02 Cuvette Fixing Screw 1027509

172
CS-T180-04-00

4-02
4-01

173
9.4.5.2 Drive Mechanism (UCS-T240-02-01-00)
SAP Code: 2032003

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Bearing Fixing Sleeve 1004262

2 Set Pin for Disk 1003315

3 Waterproof Plug 1007975

4 Motor Gear 1009080


Hexagon Socket Set Screw with Cup Point
5 1008377
M4×6

6 Waterproof Hood of Motor Gear 1007022

7 Disk Drive Support 1007767

8 CS-T180-04/T180 Wire J441 2026228

8-01 Stepper Motor 1011874

9 Rolling Ball Bearing 1008783

10 Support Column 1067729

11 300-Gear Disk 1009076

174
UCS-T240-02-01-00

1
2
3
9
4

5
10

11

8
8-01

175
9.4.5.3 Incubation Bath Assembly (CS-T180-04-02-00)
SAP Code: 2015420

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Incubation Bath 1027500

2 Wire JFan04 2017355 Fan 1027755

3 Fan Partition 1030726

4 Fan Pressure Sheeting 1030727

5 Wire J0402 2011702

5-01 Optocoupler 1013345 2 pcs. in total

6 Wire JHeating01 2011760

6-01 Heating Belt 1030730

6-02 Temperature Switch 1030806 On the bottom of incubation bath

7 Socket Rack 1030729

8 Wire JS03 2011729

8-01 Temperature Sensor 1023727

9 Wire JFan01 2017353 Fan 1027755

10 Overflow Connector 1027506 3 pcs. in total

11 Wire JFan03 2017354 Fan 1027755

12 Fan Protective Piece 1030728

13 Outer Window Pressure Sheeting 1027502

176
CS-T180-04-02-00

1
2
13
3
12 4
5
5 - 01
6
11

6 - 01
6 - 02

7
8
10
9
8 - 01

177
9.4.6 Sample/ Reagent Disk Unit
9.4.6.1 Overall Unit (CS-T180-11-00)
SAP Code: 2009898

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Chamber Cover Assembly 2010243

2 Sample/ Reagent Disk Rack Assembly 2014996 Refer to 9.4.6.2

3 Refrigeration Chamber 2010237 Refer to 9.4.6.3


Sample/ Reagent Disk Drive
4 2015421 Refer to 9.4.6.4
Mechanism

5 Waterproof Pad 1007974

178
CS-T180-11-00

2
5

179
9.4.6.2 Sample/ Reagent Disk Rack Assembly (CS-T180-11-10-00)
SAP Code: 2014996

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Lock Bolt 1006956

2 Lock Nut 1006955

3 Rubber Mat 1037918

4 Sample/ Reagent Disk Rack 1037917

180
CS-T180-11-10-00

1
1

2
2
3

181
9.4.6.3 Refrigeration Chamber (CS-T180-11-09-00)
SAP Code: 2010237

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Rubber Foaming Seal Strip 1008756

2 Plastic Circlip 1027633

3 Disk Body 1027630

4 Insulation Cover 2 1027632

5 Radiator 1027635

6 Lower Ventilation Hood 1027637

7 JFan06 2011751

8 JCooling01 2011767

8-01 Peltier 1025290

9 Front Ventilation Hood 1027636

10 JFan07 2011752

11 JCooling02 2011769

12 JS05 2011733 Required to be assembled (with


thermal silicone grease
12-01 Refrigeration Temperature Block 1004519 and glue 460)

13 Insulation Pad 2 1037922

14 Glass Slide 1000081

15 Wire JHeating04 2011757

16 Heating Window Rack 1003172

17 Insulation Pad 1 1037921

182
CS-T180-11-09-00

17 2
16 3
4
5
15
14 6
13 7
12-01
12 8-01
8-01 8
11 5
9

10

183
9.4.6.4 Sample Reagent Disk Drive Mechanism (CS-T180-11-08-00)
SAP Code: 2015421

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Timing Belt 1008956

Hexagon Socket Set Screws with


2 1008377
Cup Point M4×6

3 Reagent Disk Joint Sleeve 1006917

4 Insulation Cover 1027629

5 Deep Groove Ball Bearing 1008783

6 Connection Fixing Column 1007489

7 Sample Timing Encoding Disk 1007488

8 Waterproof Plug 1007975

9 Timing Pulley 1009081

10 Motor Waterproof Hood 1007490

11 Disk Drive Support 1007475

12 Wire J223 2000165 Drive Motor

12-01 Wire J223 for stepper motor 1011934

13 Wire J1102 2011687 For zeroing and counting optocoupler

14 Groove Optocoupler 1023766

184
CS-T180-11-08-00

2 2

5
13
7
8
14 9
2

10
11
12
12-01

185
9.4.7 Constant-temperature Degassing Assembly (CS-T180-13-00)
SAP Code: 2009924

No. Name SAP Code Remarks


Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
1 1008467
Screw

2 Tank Support Plate 1025675

3 Installation Column 1025694

4 Lower Insulation Cover 1025709

5 Connector G18-4 1009534

Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined


6 1008288
Screw

7 Seal Joint 1025692

Constant-temperature Degassing
8 1025691
Upper Cover

9 Water Block 1025693

10 Wire JS07 2011731

10-01 Temperature Sensor 1026128

Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined


11 1008287
Screw

12 Wire JHeating05 2011762

12-01 Heating Belt 1025710

12-02 Temperature Switch 1030310

Constant-temperature Degassing
13 1025674
Rack
14 Upper Insulation Cover 1025708

15 Insulated Cotton of Tank 1025707

Constant-temperature Degassing
16 1025690
Tank

17 O-ring 1033917

186
CS-T180-13-00 1
2

3
4

5
6
7

17 8

9
10-01
10

16

15 11

12-01
14 12-02
13
12

187
9.4.8 Syringe Pump Unit
9.4.8.1 Syringe Pump Unit (CS-T180-14-00)
SAP Code: 2015066

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Syringe Pump Installation Plate 1025676

CS-400-17\CS-400 Pump Optocoupler


2 1036408
Adapter Board (Assembly)

3 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288

4 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008465

5 Single Valve Fixing Plate 1025679

6 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288

7 Single Valve Plate -X225 1025695

8 Wire J1403 2015058

8-01 Two-way Solenoid Valve 1023461

9 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009525

10 Pan-head Cross Screw 1008297

11 Cross Recessed Small Pan-head Screw 1008399

12 Exhaust Block 1 1032079

13 O-ring 1008764

14 Exhaust Block 2 1032080

15 Wire J1402 2011693

15-01 Motor 1030805

16 Wire J1401 2011692

16-01 Plunger Pump 1051923

188
CS-T180-14-00

2
3
4
16-01 5
6
7

16
8-01

15-01
15
8

9
14 10

13 8-01

12 11

189
9.4.8.2 Syringe Pump Unit (CS-T240PLUS-14-00)
SAP Code: 2029415

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Syringe Pump Installation Plate 1025676

CS-400-17\CS-400 Pump Optocoupler


2 1036408
Adapter Board (Assembly)

3 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288

4 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008465

5 Single Valve Fixing Plate 1025679

6 Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined Screw 1008288

7 Single Valve Plate -X225 1025695

8 Wire J1403 2015058

8-01 Two-way Solenoid Valve 1023461

9 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009525

10 Pan-head Cross Screw 1008297

11 Cross Recessed Small Pan-head Screw 1008399

12 Exhaust Block 1 1032079

13 O-ring 1008764

14 Exhaust Block 2 1032080

15 Wire B12-P3-PPS 2029153

15-01 Plunger Pump 1061500

16 Wire J1401 2011692

16-01 Plunger Pump 1051923

190
CS-T240PLUS-14-00

2
3
4

16-01 5
6
7

16
8-01

15-01

15
8

14 10

13
8-01

12 11

191
9.4.9 Group Valve Assembly (CS-T180-16-00)
SAP Code: 2015422

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Wire J1604 2015059

1-01 Two-way Solenoid Valve 1023461

1-02 Two-way Solenoid Valve 1023462

2 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009560

3 Five Valve Plate 1025698

4 Group Valve Rack 1025681

Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined


5 1008291
Screw
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
6 1008288
Screw

7 Internal Thread Connector G14-4 1024018

8 Wire J1609 2015057

8-01 3-way Solenoid Valve 1022794

9 Cross Pan-head Screw 1008267

10 Plug 1033808

11 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009525

12 Wire J1603 2015060

12-01 Two-way Solenoid Valve 1023461

192
CS-T180-16-00
1

12 1-01

12-01

11 2
10

9 3
8
8-01

1-02

7
5
6

193
9.4.10 Waste Liquid Assembly (CS-T180-10-00)
SAP Code: 2015067

No. Name SAP Code Remarks


Cross Recessed Pan-head
1 1008291
Combined Screw
2 Check Valve 1009867

Cross Recessed Pan-head


3 1008287
Combined Screw
Pressure Sensor Module Plate (with
4 2001534
Burned Program)
5 Barb connector 1071307

6 Pump Rack 1027460

Cross Recessed Pan-head


7 1008348
Combined Screw
Liquid Collection Vacuum Tank
8 2002037
Assembly (Semi-finished Product)

9 Hexagon Socket Combined Screw 1008560

10 Waste Liquid Tank Rack 1025673

11 Wire JP2 2011765

11-01 Diaphragm Pump 1026470

12 Wire JP1 2011764

12-01 Diaphragm Pump 1026470

194
CS-T180-10-00

12 1
2
12-01
3
11
11-01 4

10 6

8
9

195
9.4.11 Waste Liquid Tank Assembly (CS-T180-15-00)
SAP Code: 2016057

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Bulkhead Connector 1025720

2 Float Pressure Cap 1007180

Low-concentration Waste Liquid


3 1025697
Cover

4 Set Pin 1007297

5 Float Fixing Base 1004607

6 Water Tank 2009900

7 Wire PSW04-1 2011745

7-01 Float Pressure Cap 1007180

7-02 Float Pressing Plate 1007186

7-03 Float of Waste Liquid Tank 1025711

8 Bulkhead Connector 1025721

196
CS-T180-15-00

8 1

7 2
7-01 3
7-02 4
7-03 5

197
9.4.12 Pure Water Assembly (CS-T180-19-00)
SAP Code: 2016056

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Float Pressure Cap 1007180

2 Wire PSW05 2011747

2-01 Float Pressing Plate 1007186

2-02 Water Tank Float 1025712

3 Float Fixing Base 1004607

4 Water Tank 2009900

5 ISE Filter 200 1008102

6 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202

7 XR78-305\ Tube 2013012

8 Set Pin 1007297

9 Water Outlet Cover 1025700

Panel Installation Connector 1/4-28


10 1009564
UNF

198
CS-T180-19-00

10

9
1
8
2
2-01

2-02
3
7

6
5

199
9.4.13 Detergent Tank Assembly (CS-T180-23-00)
SAP Code: 2015423

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Wire PSW06 2011748

1-01 Detergent Tank Cap Pad 1025706

1-02 Detergent Float 1025713

2 Bottle Body (with Cover) 2006185

3 ISE Filter 200 1008102

4 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202

5 FR22-167\ Tube 2013006

6 O-ring 1018605

7 Flanging Connector 1020420

200
CS-T180-23-00

6 1

1-01

1-02
5

4
3

201
9.4.14 Cover Assembly
9.4.14.1 Cover Overall Unit (CS-T180-12-00)
SAP Code: ——

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Upper Cover Assembly —— Refer to 9.4.14.2


Beam Welding Assembly of
2 1029228
Upper Cover

3 Screw Cap 1036330

4 Rear Connecting Piece 1029086

5 Set Pin 1030776

6 Nitrogen Spring 1029180

7 Left Cover 1036480

8 Lower Pivot Point of Gas Strut 1029232

9 Cover Assembly —— Refer to 9.4.14.3

10 Front Cover 1043899

11 Locating Pin 1029089

12 Front Side Coaming 1029088

13 Side Coaming 1029087

14 Bottom Foot 1050086


Sample Dispensing Indicator
15 1037991
Lamp Board CS-T180

16 Power Switch 1013253

17 Right Cover 1036481

18 EMI Filter, Fuse 1013214/1013297

19 Rear Cover 1025756

20 Rear Upper Cover 1029076

21 Hinge Assembly —— Refer to 9.4.14.4

22 Locating Pin 1030776

23 Insulating Cotton 1044043 Qty.2

202
CS - T180 - 12- 00

3
21
4
20

5 4

19
6
6
7 5

8 5

18
9
17
5 16

15
22
23
14
10
13

11

12

203
9.4.14.2 Upper Cover Assembly (CS-T180-12-08-00)
SAP Code: ——

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Front Fixing Plate of Upper Cover 1029082

Front Connecting Piece of Upper


2 1029083
Cover

3 Upper Cover 1029080

4 Inspection Window 1029081

204
CS-T180-12-08-00

205
9.4.14.3 Cover Assembly (CS-T180-12-07-00)
SAP Code: ——

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Left Upper Cover 1029077

2 Left Middle Cover 1029090

3 Reaction Disk Cover 1067802

4 Left Lower Cover 1029078

5 Rinsing Tube Fixing Sleeve 1041802

6 Screw Cap 1036330

7 Reagent Disk Cover 1027644

8 Right Cover 1029079

9 Rubber Jacket 1007495

10 Knob 1007496

206
CS-T180-12-07-00

1
10
2
3 9

4
8
5

7
6

207
9.4.14.4 Hinge Assembly (CS-T180-12-21-00)
SAP Code: ——

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Self-lubricating Bearing 1008835

2 Hinge Shaft 1029229

3 Split Washer 5 1008595

4 Hinge Support 1029231

5 Hinge for Upper Cover 1029230

208
CS-T180-12-21-00

209
9.4.15 ISE Unit
9.4.15.1 Test System Assembly (CS-T180-20-01-00)
SAP Code: 2016232

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Wire J351 2000269 Flow Cell

2 Flow Cell Retaining Clip 1025701


Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
3 1008288
Screw
4 Seal Ring 1013583

5 K Electrode Head 1013582

6 K Electrode Wire 1014486

7 CI Electrode 1013581

8 K Nut 1013584

9 Cl Nut 1013586

10 Wire JV14 2011723

10-01 Pinch Valve 1009857


Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
11 1008484
Screw
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
12 1008465
Screw
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
13 1008292
Screw
14 Test System Base 1025683

15 Annular Fixer 1003554

16 Proportioning Cup Assembly 2002108


Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
17 1008295
Screw
18 Wire JV13 2011722

18-01 Solenoid Valve 1036697

19 Installation Ring 1009174


Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
20 1008287
Screw
21 Solenoid Valve Connector 1009560

22 Wire JV15 2011724

22-01 Pinch Valve 1009866

23 Electrode Mounting Plate 1025682

24 Na Nut 1013585

25 Ca Seal Plug 1007327

26 Na Electrode 1013580

210
CS-T180-20-01-00

26 1

25
2
24

3
23
22-01 4
22
21 5
20
19 6
18-01 7
18
8
9
17
10-01

16 10
11
15 12
14 13

211
9.4.15.2 Amplifier Board Assembly (CS-T180-20-02-00)
SAP Code: 2016236

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Electrode Rack 1001352

2 Electrode Fixing Plate 1004980

Cross Recessed Countersunk Head


3 1008303
Screw
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
4 1008287
Screw
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
5 1008288
Screw

6 Amplifier Board Box 1025684

7 Pre-amplification Board (Assembly) 2000408

8 Amplifier Board Hood 1025685

212
CS-T180-20-02-00

8 1

2
7
3

5 4

213
9.4.15.3 Pump Assembly (CS-T180-20-03-00)
SAP Code: 2016235

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Pump Assembly Fixing Plate 1025686

2 Wire JM06 2011719

2-01 Peristaltic Pump 1009797

3 Wire JM07 2011720

3-01 Peristaltic Pump 1009797

Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined


4 1008288
Screw

5 Wire JP16 2014320

5-01 Diaphragm Pump 1026470

6 Wire JM05 2011715

6-01 Syringe Pump 1066146

Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined


7 1008288
Screw

8 Pump Adapter Assembly 2000405

214
C S-T180-20-03-00

8 1

2
7
2-01

6-01 3

3-01
6

5-01 4

215
9.4.15.4 Valve Assembly (CS-T180-20-04-00)
SAP Code: 2016234

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Adapter 1/4"-16 1009707

Electrode Waste Liquid Tank


2 1025703
Connector
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
3 1008288
Screw
Electrode Waste Liquid Tank Fixing
4 1025689
Plate

5 Reagent Bottle Cap 1007613

6 Thread Cap 1 1007096

7 O-ring 1008740

8 Reagent Bottle 1007615

9 Degassing Tank CS400ISE 2002240

10 Wire JV11 2011725

10-01 Solenoid Valve 1036697

11 Valve Assembly Mounting Plate 1025687

Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined


12 1008484
Screw
Pressure Sensor Module Plate (with
13 2001534
Burned Program)
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
14 1008287
Screw
Cross Recessed Pan-head Combined
15 1008291
Screw
Electrode Waste Liquid Tank Fixing
16 1025702
Pillar

17 Wire JV12 2011726

17-01 Solenoid Valve 1036697

Electrode Waste Liquid Tank Upper


18 1025704
Cap

216
CS-T180-20-04-00

18 5

6
7

8
17 9

17-01 10

10-01

11
16 12
13

14

15

217
9.4.15.5 Internal Standard Solution Tank Assembly (CS-T180-22-01-00)
SAP Code: 2009936

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Flanging Connector 1020420

2 Internal Standard Solution Tank Cap 2006237

3 O-ring 1018605

4 ISE Tank Cap Pad 1025705

5 Tube FR22-180-02 2014293

6 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202

7 ISE Filter 200 1008102

8 Internal Standard Solution Tank 1011767

218
CS-T180-22-01-00

2
3
4

6
7

219
9.4.15.6 Reference Solution Tank Assembly (CS-T180-22-04-00)
SAP Code: 2014348

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Flanging Connector 1020420

2 Internal Standard Solution Tank Cap 2006237

3 O-ring 1018605

4 ISE Tank Cap Pad 1025705

5 Tube FR22-180-01 2014292

6 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202

7 ISE Filter 200 1008102

8 Internal Standard Solution Tank 1011767

220
CS-T180-22-04-00
1

2
3
4

6
7

221
9.4.15.7 Alkene Dispensing Tank Assembly (CS-T180-22-02-00)
SAP Code: 2009937

No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Flanging Connector 1020420

2 O-ring 1018605

3 Alkene Dispensing Tank Cap 2006238

4 ISE Tank Cap Pad 1025705

5 Tube FR22-160-01 2012999

6 Detergent Filter Connector 1007202

7 ISE Filter 200 1008102

8 Alkene Dispensing Tank 1011761

222
CS-T180-22-02-00

1
2

6
7

223
9.4.15.8 ISE Reagent Tank Assembly (CS-T180-22-00)
SAP Code: 2009933

No. Name SAP Code Remarks


Internal Standard Solution Tank
1 2009936
Assembly

2 Reference Solution Tank Assembly 2014348

3 Alkene Dispensing Tank Assembly 2009937

4 Tank Rack 1027461

224
CS-T180-22-00

225
9.5 Liquid Circuit Diagram and Spare Part Codes List
9.5.1 Overall Pipeline Diagram and Spare Part Codes List
(1) List of Tubing Spare Parts

No. Code Name SAP Code Remarks

1 No.1 Tube (assembly) 2012963 XR78-500-01

2 No.2 Tube (assembly) 2012633 XR78-80

3 No.3 Flanging tube 1041798 CS-T180-FD11-140

4 No.4 Tube (assembly) 2011964 XR75-70

5 No.5 Flanging tube 1036830 CS-T180-FD11-350

6 No.6 Flanging tube 1038196 CS-T180-FD11-1020

7 No.7 Flanging tube 1036832 CS-T180-FD06-250

8 No.8 Flanging tube 1038158 CS-T180-FE06-470

9 No.9 Tube (assembly) 2012964 XR78-500-02

10 No.10 Tube (assembly) 2012936 XR78-420

11 No.11 Tube (assembly) 2011604 XR75-50

12 No.12 Tube (assembly) 2016720 XR75-350-01

13 No.13 Tube (assembly) 2016721 XR75-350-02

14 No.14 Flanging tube 1038470 CS-T180-FD04-180

15 No.15 Tube (assembly) 2016722 XR75-350-03

16 No.16 Tube (assembly) 2015046 GR27-800

17 No.17 Tube (assembly) 2013006 FR22-167

18 No.18 Tube (assembly) 2015021 XR78-20-01

19 No.19 Tube (assembly) 2015022 XR78-20-02

20 No.20 Tube (assembly) 2013007 GR23-200

21 No.21 Tube (assembly) 2013008 GR13-140

22 No.22 Tube (assembly) 2011995 GR23-100

23 No.24 Tube (assembly) 2015323 XR78-50-01

24 No.25 Tube (assembly) 2015324 XR78-50-02

25 No.26 Tube (assembly) 2015025 XR78-100-01

26 No.27 Tube (assembly) 2012944 TR82-1500

226
No. Code Name SAP Code Remarks

27 No.28 Tube (assembly) 2015325 XR78-200

28 No.29 Tube (assembly) 2015019 XR78-700

29 No.30 Tube (assembly) 2015023 XR78-20-03

30 No.32 Tube (assembly) 2012947 GR13-250-01

31 No.33 Tube (assembly) 2012948 GR13-250-02

32 No.34 Tube (assembly) 2012949 GR13-250-03

33 No.35 Tube (assembly) 2012950 GR13-250-04

34 No.36 Tube (assembly) 2015020 GR23-480

35 No.37 Tube (assembly) 2012952 GR27-1500

36 No.38 Tube (assembly) 2012953 XR78-1000

37 No.39 Tube (assembly) 2012954 GR27-180

38 No.40 Tube (assembly) 2013012 XR78-305

39 No.41 Tube (assembly) 2013013 GR38-2800

40 No.42 Tube (assembly) 2012626 GR27-300

41 No.43 Tube (assembly) 2015024 GR27-150-01

42 No.44 Tube (assembly) 2012957 GR27-400

43 No.45 Tube (assembly) 2012628 GR27-50-01

44 No.46 Flanging tube 1036834 CS-T180-FBO4-700

45 No.47 Tube (assembly) 2012629 GR27-50-02

46 No.48 Tube (assembly) 2012956 GR27-170

47 No.49 Tube (assembly) 2012630 GR27-50-03

48 No.50 Tube (assembly) 2012642 GR27-50-04

49 No.51 Tube (assembly) 2012625 GR27-100

50 No.52 Tube (assembly) 2013014 GR27-160

51 No.53 Flanging tube 1038150 CS-T180-FA06-810

52 No.54 Tube (assembly) 2012959 GR13-50-01

53 No.55 Tube (assembly) 2012960 GR13-50-02

54 No.56 Tube (assembly) 2012961 GR13-50-03

55 No.57 Tube (assembly) 2012962 GR13-50-04

227
(2) List of Connector and Function Parts

No. Code Name SAP Code Remarks

1 F1 T-Connector 1069328

2 F2 SCV06265\ Check Valve 1009867

3 F4 Barb connector 1071307

4 F5 BHU2202\ Bulkhead Connector 1025719

5 F6 BHU2204\ Bulkhead Connector 1025720

6 F7 CS-T180-16-04\ Bore Through Connector 1031967

7 F8 BHU2206\ Bulkhead Connector 1025721

CS-6400CAB-02-27 P-606\ Square


8 F9 1009713
Connector
9 F10 PMS230-1\ Tube Connector 1009564

10 U1 CS-T180-10-00 Waste Liquid Assembly 2015067

CS-T180-13-00 Constant-temperature
11 U2 2009924
Degassing Assembly
12 U3 CS-T180-14-00 Syringe Pump Unit 2015066

CS-T180-15-00 Waste Liquid Tank


13 U4 2016057
Assembly
14 U5 CS-T180-16-00 Group Valve Assembly 2015422

15 U6 CS-T180-19-00 Pure Water Unit 2016056

16 U7 CS-T180-23-00 Detergent Tank Assembly 2015423

228
Reaction Disk Reagent Refrigeration Chamber

Probe 4 Probe 3 Probe 2 Probe 1

Alkaline Detergent

Mixing Rinsing Bath

Probe Rinsing Bath


Pressure
Sensor

High-concentration Low-concentration Deionized Water


Waste Liquid Tank Waste Liquid Tank

or
Tube16: Tube37:
equipped not equipped
with with
Waste
Liquid
Waste
Liquid 229
Tank Tank
9.5.2 ISE Unit Tube Connection Diagram and Spare Part Codes List
(1) List of Tubing Spare Parts

No. Code Name SAP Code Remarks

1 No.70 Flanging tube 1038152 CS-T180ISE-FAO4-580-01

2 No.71 Flanging tube 1027087 CS-T180ISE-FCO4-200

3 No.72 Flanging tube 1038151 CS-T180ISE-FCO4-320

4 No.73 Flanging tube 1027089 CS-T180ISE-FCO4-500

5 No.74 Flanging tube 1027090 CS-T180ISE-FAO4-600

6 No.75 Tube 2012982 GR18-30-01

7 No.76 Tube 2012983 GR18-30-02

8 No.77 Tube 2015013 FR04-500

9 No.78 Tube 2012985 GR18-30-03

10 No.79 Tube 2012986 GR18-30-04

11 No.80 Flanging tube 1027091 CS-T180ISE-FAO4-250

12 No.81 Flanging tube 1038153 CS-T180ISE-FAO4-580-02

13 No.82 Tube 2012987 GR74-140

14 No.83 Tube 2015028 XR75-120-02

15 No.84 Tube 2012924 XR75-580

16 No.85 Tube 2015014 GR23-30

17 No.86 Tube 2012991 GR13-200

18 No.87 Tube 2012992 GR75-200

19 No.88 Flanging tube 1038154 CS-T180ISE-FAO4-480

20 No.89 Tube 2012994 XR75-30-01

21 No.90 Tube 2012995 XR75-30-02

22 No.91 Tube 2011969 XR75-550

23 No.92 Tube 2012988 XR75-120

24 No.93 Flanging tube 1038195 CS-T180ISE-FBO6-40

25 No.94 Tube 2015026 XR78-100-02

26 No.95 Tube 2012998 GR27-45

27 No.96 Tube 2012999 FR22-160-01

230
No. Code Name SAP Code Remarks

28 No.97 Tube 2013000 XR75-30-03

29 No.99 Tube 2014292 FR22-180-01

30 No.100 Tube 2014293 FR22-180-02

31 No.101 Tube 2015015 GR23-350

32 No.102 Tube 2011953 XR78-300

33 No.103 Tube 2011945 XR78-40

34 No.104 Tube 2010110 XR78-250

35 No.105 Flanging tube 1038155 CS-T180ISE-FCO4-220-01

36 No.106 Flanging tube 1038156 CS-T180ISE-FCO4-220-02

37 No.107 Tube 1038157 CS-T180ISE-FAO4-520

38 No.108 Tube 2017041 GR23-80-01

39 No.109 Tube 2017042 GR23-80-02

40 No.110 Tube 2017043 GR23-80-03

41 No.111 Tube 2017044 GR23-80-04

(2) List of Connector and Function Parts

No. Code Name SAP Code Remarks

1 F20 HY2 1-8 T- Connector 1018618

2 F21 HT5(5/32)\T- Connector 1023294

3 F22 C0-1 1/16 Connector 1009602

4 F23 HY5 T- Connector 1018619

5 F24 T30-6 Y- Connector 1009531


CS-T180-20-01-00 Test System
6 U1 2016232
Assembly
CS-T180-20-02-00 Amplifier Board
7 U2 2016236
Assembly

8 U3 CS-T180-20-03-00 Pump Assembly 2016235

9 U4 CS-T180-20-04-00 Valve Assembly 2016234


CS-T180-22-00 ISE Detergent Tank
10 U5 2009933
Assembly

231
Proportioning Cup

Connector C

Pressure
Sensor

Matching Peristaltic Pump

ISE Degassing Tank


Electrode Waste
Liquid Tank
Internal Standard
Peristaltic Pump
Connector C

Connector B

Reference Internal Standard Diluent Tank


Solution Tank Solution Tank

232
9.6 Accessories Case Spare Parts List
No. Name SAP Code Remarks

1 Operation Procedure 1038115 Applicable to CS-T180

2 Maintenance Procedure 1038117 Applicable to CS-T180

3 CS-T180 User Manual 1038111 Applicable to CS-T180


Installation Acceptance 2 volumes(Applicable to
4 1038113
Report CS-T180)
Installation CD of
5 Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 1011784
(General)
6 CD Bag 1011783

7 Zippered Bag 1011746


10A/220V\ Flexible Power
8 1011743
Cable
9 S6500-GY\ Category 5 Cable 1030645

10 Fuse 5×20 / 6.3A/250V 1013297 2 pcs.

11 Probe Unblocking Needle 1029683 10 pcs.


Probe Unblocking Tool
12 2000426
(Optional)
13 Standard Cup 2018559 1bag(100 pcs./bag)

14 Optional ISE Assembly —— 1 set

15 CS-T180 Tube 38 2012953

16 CS-T180 Tube 37 2012944

17 CS-T180 Tube 27 2012952

18 GR27-800 2015046

19 Reaction disk cover 1036728

20 Cuvette 1027510 8 pcs.

21 Reagent Bottle (20ml) 1011762 10 pcs.

22 Reagent Bottle (35ml) 1043004 10 pcs.

23 Reagent Bottle (70ml) 1011766 5 pcs.

24 Cross Screwdriver 1011736

25 User Manual 1063297 Applicable to CS-T240Plus


Installation Acceptance 2 volumes(Applicable to
26 1063291
Report CS-T240Plus)
27 Operation Procedure 1063294 Applicable to CS-T240Plus

28 Maintenance Procedure 1063293 Applicable to CS-T240Plus

233
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Chapter 10 Manual revision and change record


Date of Chapter of
No. Revision No. Contents of Revision
Revision Revision

1. REV.2018-08 2018-08 First edition


According to technological upgrading CN009919, SAP of Front
2. Cover (1029075) is revised to Front Cover 1043899, Insulating 9.4.14.1
Cotton(1044043) is supplemented
According to technological upgrading CN010102, Plug (1025714) is
3. 9.4.9
revised to Plug (1033808)
According to technological upgrading CN010470,wire
4. J0405(2011755) is revised to wire JFan03(2017354), wire 9.4.5.3
JFan04(2017355), wire JFan01(2017353)
5. The style of notes is updated 6.2.1.2
REV.2019-02 2019-02
6. Electrical wiring diagram of circuit boards is updated 5.3

ISE Unit Tubing Connection Diagram and Spare Parts Code List is
7. 9.5
supplemented

8. According to technological upgrading CN 011131,Accessories Case 9.6


Spare Parts List is updated

9. According to technological upgrading CN 011243,Hollow Cuvette 9.4.4


Motor(1011890) is revised to Hollow Cuvette Motor(1034379)
10. Tungsten halogen lamp assembly 2001904 is changed to 2001897 9.4.1

11. Tube 27 2012944→ 2015046 Tube 37 2015046→ 2012944 9.5.1


CN011781 CS-T180 waste liquid optional scheme notification
2.3.1 Analyzer installation Add waste liquid tube connection of the
waste liquid tank not optional;
9.5.1 In the overall liquid path diagram and spare part code list, tube
2.3.1
27 is swapped for tube 37, and tube 27’s SAP code is changed from
12. 9.5.1
2015046 to 2012952; below tube 37 is tube 16 supplemented, with
9.6
two lines of words marked: it is noted that it is tube 37 when without
a waste liquid tank; and tube 16 when with a waste liquid tank.
9.6 In accessory case spare part list, 19 CS-T180 tube 27’s SAP code
is changed from 2015046 to 2012952.
13. Supplement 10 nitrogen spring 1029180 2 years 9.1.2

Changed data collection board’s SAP from 2001932 to 2014285,


14. 9.4.1
deleted 5-01 and 5-02, and rectified the diagram.
REV.2019-09 2019-09
15. Probe assembly’s SAP is changed from 1024850 to 2017985. 9.1.1

According to technology modification CN011134, in Figure 5-1-1


16. 5.1
Overall Electric Connection, B01-P2 is changed to B02-P1.
CN012226 CS-T180 Notification of adding the symbol for
prohibiting using a forklift
2.2.2 Using a hand hydraulic carrier or forklift is added to
transportation methods;
2.2.2
Update the English preface and supplement the symbols with(7). 2.3.1
17. CN011548 CS-T180 User Manual Operation Procedure change 2.3.4.1
notification 7.1.1
2.3.1 Add a new method of cuvette handling to analyzer installation; 7.4.2
2.3.4.1 Copying installation software to the hard disk is added to
software installation;
7.1.1 Merge tables of tools;
7.4.2 Delete dust-proof net from reaction disk;
According to technology modification CN011516, sample & reagent
18. 9.4.6.2
disk rack is changed from 1037917 to 2019664

234
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Date of Chapter of
No. Revision No. Contents of Revision
Revision Revision
According to after-sales BOM, update the big and small maintenance
19. kit, delete ISE maintenance kit, and the replacement cycle is half a 9.2
year and a year.
According to technology modification CN011610, box foot (big)
20. 9.4.14.1
1007961 is changed to E type shock-proof adjustment foot 1050086.
Technology modification CN011762
9.4.3 Rinsing unit: Delete 5 Spring fixing base 1027447; rinsing
probe fixing frame 1024694 is changed to 1050730; the serial
numbers are changed accordingly, and the table and diagram are
9.4.3
changed.
21. 9.4.4
9.4.4 Mixing unit: mixing arm shell 1025202 is changed to 1050731;
9.2
locating block 1007210 as a whole is changed to mixing upper shell
clamping board 1007700; only change the table, not the diagram.
9.2 Maintenance kit: mixing & rinsing bath unit 2009893 is changed
to mixing & rinsing bath 1050732
22. Supplement 11-13 9.1.2

Tungsten halogen lamp assembly 2001897 is changed to


23. 9.1.2
2019960
Tungsten halogen lamp assembly 2001897 is changed to
24. 9.4.1
2019960
Technology modification CN012148
CS-400-17\pump optocoupler plug board (assembly) 2000381 is 9.3.3
25.
changed to CS-400-17\CS400 pump optocoupler plug board 9.4.8
(assembly) 1036408
CN012315 CS-T180 cancel Shock-attenuating Device Assembly
change notification
In 9.4.5.2 Drive mechanism, cancel 9 Shock-attenuating Device
Assembly 2000436, and at the same time modify the exploded 9.4.5.2
26.
diagram. 9.4.6.4
In 9.4.6.4 Sample & reagent disk rotary mechanism, cancel 13
Shock-attenuating Device Assembly 2000436, and at the same time
modify the exploded diagram.
CN012167 CS-T180 PSP-600-24 switch power supply replaces
LCM600Q-T-N notification
27. 9.3.2 Switch power supply spare parts list 9.3.2
1 24V Switch power supply 1033147 LCM600Q-T-Nis changed to
1 24V Switch power supply 1021362 PSP-600-24
CN012453 after-sales material quota change notification
28. In 9.3.10 Other spare parts list, add 8 CS-T180 Waste Liquid Tube 9.3.10
Assembly 2008835.
CN012534
29. 9.6
21 35ml reagent bottle 1011819 changed to 1043004
Add 13 JP1 wire 2011764 1 year
30. 9.1.2
14 JP2 wire 2011765 1 year
REV.2020-08 2020-08
Update (1) Tubing spare part list
31. 9.5.1
Replace 9.5.1 Overall tubing diagram

32. Update (1) Tubing spare part list 9.5.2

CN012802
33. REV.2020-12 2020-12 9.4.8
Added 16-01 plunger pump 1051923

34. Added CS-T240Plus to the applicable model. Foreword

35. Replaced the figures of software installation and uninstallation. 2.3.4

36. Replaced Fig.2-3-18, Fig.2-3-20 2.3.7

37. Replaced the description as a whole. 4.3.1.2

235
Service Manual of Auto-Chemistry Analyzer 

Date of Chapter of
No. Revision No. Contents of Revision
Revision Revision
Fig. 5-3-2 Electrical wiring diagram of reaction disk control board
changed to Fig. 5-3-2 Electrical wiring diagram of reaction disk
38. control board(CS-T180) 5.3.2
Added Fig. 5-3-2(a) Electrical wiring diagram of reaction disk
control board (CS-T240Plus)
39. Replaced the software figures. 6.2

40. Replaced the software figures. 7.2

41. Replace as a whole. Chapter 8

5 added Remarks Applicable to CS-T180


42. 9.1.1
Added 6 Wire B12-P3-PPS 2029153 Applicable to CS-T240Plus
6 added Remarks Applicable to CS-T180
43. 9.3.1
Added 7 Syringe Pump Unit 2029415 Applicable to CS-T240Plus
1, 2, 3 added Remarks Applicable to CS-T180
Added
16 Probe control board (programed) 2029666 Applicable to
CS-T240plus
44. 9.3.3
17 CS-T240Plus/Reaction disk control board (programed) 2029663
Applicable to CS-T240plus
18 CS-T240Plus/Main control board (programed) 2029667
Applicable to CS-T240plus
2021-08 CN015478
45. REV.2021-08 9.3.8
3 Wire J441 2003479 changed to 2026228
CN015478
46. 8 CS400 Wire J441(Assembly) 2003479 changed to 9.4.5.2
CS-T180-04/T180 Wire J441 2026228
9.4.8 Syringe Pump Unit (CS-T180-14-00) changed to 9.4.8.1
47. Syringe Pump Unit (CS-T180-14-00) 9.4.8
Added 9.4.8.2 Syringe Pump Unit (CS-T240PLUS-14-00)
CN016075
48. 9.4.15.3
6-01 Syringe Pump 1025722 changed to 1066146
CN017815
49. 1 F1 3/8 T-Connector T670-6005\ T-Connector 1009530 changed to 9.5.1(2)
T-Connector 1069328
1, 2, 3, 4 added Remarks Applicable to CS-T180
Added
18 GR27-800 2015046
19 Reaction disk cover 1036728
20 Cuvette 1027510 8 pcs.
50. 9.6
25 User Manual 1063297 Applicable to CS-T240Plus
26 Installation Acceptance Report 1063291 2 volumes(Applicable to
CS-T240Plus)
27 Operation Procedure 1063294 Applicable to CS-T240Plus
28 Maintenance Procedure 1063293 Applicable to CS-T240Plus
CN017912
51. 9.4.10
5 Y-Connector 1009549 changed to Barb connector 1071307
CN017912
52. 3 F4 1/8 Y-Connector (Y230-1)\Y-Connector 1009549 changed to 9.5.1(2)
Barb connector 1071307
CS-T180-04-01-00 changed to UCS-T240-02-01-00
53. SAP Code: 2009914 changed to 2032003 9.4.5.2
10 Support Column 1027499 changed to 1067729
3 Induction Disk Cover 1036728 changed to Reaction Disk Cover
54. 9.4.14.3
1067802

236

You might also like